Skip to main content

Full text of "Brown alumni monthly"

See other formats 


V     KNOV/UTON  \ 


BROWN 

ALUMNI   MONTHLY 


NOVEMBER  1961 


A  new  banner  on  43rd  St. /See  page  22 


BOARD  OF  EDITORS 

Chairman 

C.  ARTHtm  Braitsch  '23 


V  ice-Chairman 
George  R.  Ashbey  '21 


Garrett  D.  Byrnes  '26 
Warren  L.  Carleen  '48 
Carleton  Goff  '24 
Prof.  I.  J.  Kapstein  '26 
Stanley  F.  Mathes  '39 
Stuart  C.  Sherman  '39 


Managing  Editor 

CHESLEY  WORTHINGTON  '23 


Assistant  Editor 

John  F.  Barry,  Jr.,  '50 


POSTMASTER:  Send  Form  3579  to 
Box  1854,  Brown  University,  Provi- 
dence 12,  R.  I. 


Published  October,  November,  December, 
January,  February,  March,  April,  May,  and 
July  by  Brown  University,  Providence  12, 
R.  I.  Second  class  postage  paid  at  Provi' 
dence,  R.  I.  and  at  additional  mailing  of' 
fices.  Member,  American  Alumni  Council 
The  Magazine  is  sent  to  all  Brown  alumni 


BROWN 

ALUMNI  MONTHLY 


NOVEMBER  1961/VOL.  LXII  NO.  2 


In  This  Issue. 


The  Meehan  Auditorium  Opens  Its  Doors  5 


Looking  Ahead  to  the  Brown  of  1970  12 


Saigon  Saga,  by  Prof.  I.  J.  Kapstein  16 


Yardsticks  and  the  Freshman  Class  21 


A  New  Brown  Headquarters  in  New  York  22 


What  Happened  to  the  Football  Team?  34 


Some  Alumni  Express  Their  Views  47 


FRONT    COVER 


THE  NEW  BANNER  on  43rd  St.  is  that  of  the  Brown  University  Club  in 
New  York,  now  proudly  flying  outside  the  hospitable  Columbia  Club.  The 
move  from  the  old  headquarters  has  been  accompHshed,  and  the  members 
are  delighted  with  the  facilities  now  available.  The  cover  drawing  is  a 
rendering  of  the  Brown  lounge,  and  it's  of  interest  that  it  was  by  its  archi- 
tect. Charles  E.  Hughes  '37.  It  looks  inviting. 


Stormy  weather  .  .  . 

HURRICANE  Esther  proved  no  more 
violent  than  an  old-fashioned  "line 
storm,"  but  Providence  had  prepared  for 
the  worst.  Schools  were  closed,  and  the 
University  of  Rhode  Island  shut  down  for 
the  day,  but  it  was  business  as  usual  at 
Brown.  A  Herald  reporter  complained  to 
President  Keeney  because  we  continued  in 
session  when  the  weather  was  so  threaten- 
ing. 

The  President's  reply  was  unhesitating: 
"We  always  have  classes  during  hurri- 
canes." 

>  "unlike  members  of  the  medical  pro- 
fession, who  reportedly  bury  their  mis- 
takes, we  admissions  folk  see  ours  every- 
day, walking  around  the  campus,  as  if  to 
remind  us  accusingly  of  our  fallibility." 
Robert  H.  Pitt,  II.  Dean  of  Admissions  at 
Penn,  was  writing  in  its  alumni  magazine. 
His  colleagues,  he  says,  have  an  epithet 
for  his  mistakes:    Pittfalls. 

>  WITH  AN  eye  to  new  business,  a  drug- 
store on  Thayer  St.  displayed  a  big  sign  in 
September  which  read:  "Welcome  to  the 
Class  of  1961."  We  didn't  have  the  heart 
to  tell  them  they  were  four  years  late  with 
this  nice  greeting. 

>  PLANNING  a  special  course  in  computer 
programming  for  members  of  the  Faculty, 
Prof.  William  Prager  suggested  classes  on 
Saturday  afternoons  when  he  circulated  the 
questionnaires.  A  later  memo  told  the  out- 
come: 

"From  the  returned  forms,  it  is  obvious 
that  the  Saturday  hours  are  not  popular. 
There  are  465  ways  of  selecting  two  hours 
from  the  remaining  31  hours  at  which  both 
the  lecture  room  of  the  Computing  Labo- 
ratory and  the  undersigned  are  free.  A 
small  program,  which  will  be  discussed  in 
the  course,  made  the  computer  determine 
the  two  hours  that  were  acceptable  to  the 
greatest  number  of  participants.  Accord- 
ingly, the  course  has  been  scheduled  as 
follows:  Monday  and  Wednesday,  2:10  to 
3:00  beginning  October  9,  1961." 

>  A  western  magazine  was  apologizing 
I  because  it  had  reported  the  wrong  alum- 
nus as  dead.  Then  the  editor  added  a  plea: 
"Please  write  your  name  clearly,  or  print 
it,  especially  in  death  notices."  And,  in 
the  same  month,  a  similar  request  in  an- 
other alumni  publication:  "When  reporting 
a  death,  please  include  the  current  ad- 
dress." 

Chicago's  Alumni  Office  got  a  note 
that  said:  "I  was  shocked  and  grieved  to 
f  read  of  the  passing  of  Florence  Foley 
;  Howard  '14.  Of  all  my  contacts  at  the 
University,  my  association  with  her  was 
the  closest  and  most  intimate.  I  find  it 
impossible  to  believe  she  has  gone  on. 
Yours  sincerely,  Florence  Foley  Howard 
'14." 

y  there  has  been  increasing  concern 
among  students  about  that  old  bugaboo. 
Apathy,  wrote  an  editor  of  Old  Oregon. 
"Indeed,  the  situation  is  so  bad  that  one 
student  is  reported  to  have  written  a  flrst- 


rate  essay  entitled  'In  Defense  of  My 
Right  to  Be  Apathetic'  We  wrote  for  the 
manuscript,  hoping  to  present  it  in  an 
early  issue.  Unfortunately,  our  apathetic 
student  has  never  bothered  to  answer  the 
letter." 

>  JOHN  w.  LYONS  '50,  a  teacher  at  the 
Pleasant  St.  School  in  Seekonk,  Mass., 
brought  a  busload  of  his  students  to  the 
Columbia  football  game.  When  the  debacle 
was  over,  one  of  the  boys  said:  "Mr. 
Lyons,  how  did  you  know  what  the  score 
was  going  to  be?" 

The  teacher  didn't  understand,  until  the 
boy  pointed  to  Lyons'  cap.  He  was  wearing 
his  reunion  headgear,  complete  with  nu- 
merals. 

>  BECAUSE  the  basic  situation  was  the 
same,  one  of  our  leading  citizens  in  Uni- 
versity Hall  recalled  this  story  about  a 
man  on  his  way  into  a  football  game  out 
of  town.  In  the  throng  at  the  stadium 
portal,  he  turned  to  his  wife  and  said:  "I 
sure  wish  I  had  our  piano  here." 

"What  in  the  world  are  you  talking 
about?"  she  asked.  "What  makes  you  want 
our  piano  in  this  mob?" 

"Only  that  our  tickets  are  back  home  on 
top  of  it." 


Liayrnan's  opinion  .  .  . 

>  at  the  doctor's  last  month  for  a  check- 
up. Prof.  Ben  C.  Clough  was  asked  how 
he  felt.  "I  think  I'm  fine,"  the  latter  re- 
plied, "but,  of  course,  that's  only  a  lay- 
man's opinion." 

"Not  at  all,"  said  the  doctor.  "On  the 
subject  of  your  health,  you're  the  world's 
greatest  living  authority." 

>  CHRIS  BAODIKIAN,  a  young  resident  of 
Washington,  D.  C,  sent  Professor  Car- 
berry  a  money  order  for  50  cents  in  time 
for  the  Friday  the  1 3th  collection  on  Oc- 
tober's Carberry  Day.  Enclosing  the  head- 
line that  gave  the  score  of  the  Columbia 
Day  (which  also  employed  the  numeral 
50),  Chris  wrote:  "OK,  Carberry,  get  that 
team  on  the  ball." 

Curator  Clough  saw  to  it  that  Carberry 
acknowledged  the  gift,  with  this  message: 
"Thanks.  I  made  your  contribution  go  as 
far  as  I  could,  so  now  we  have  one  foot 
on  the  ladder,  and  the  chariot  of  progress 
is  rolling  toward  high  tide,  and  we  shall 
reach  terra  firma." 


>  NEXT  to  the  big  parking  lot  on  West 
43rd  St.  where  the  New  York  Princeton 
Club  is  going  to  build,  the  city  auctioned 
off  a  parcel  of  land  100  feet  long  but  only 
9  inches  wide.  Reading  of  this  in  the  Times, 
his  wife  said  to  David  Landman  '39: 
"That's  for  a  club  for  a  small  college." 
(But,  of  course,  it's  a  very  deep  bit  of 
land.) 

>  SOMEONE  NOTICED  that  the  box  of 
Brown  songsheets  in  our  Alumni  House 
supply  closet  was  marked  "Keep  Dry."  We 
are  not  allowed  to  weep  over  our  songs. 


Lunch  was  late  .  .  . 

>  A  DARTMOUTH  FRIEND  tells  of  being  de- 
layed on  the  road  going  back  to  Hanover. 
Finally,  however,  he  was  able  to  get  into 
a  town  which  had  an  inn,  where  he  hoped 
to  get  a  long-deferred  lunch.  Dashing 
across  the  lobby,  he  noted  that  it  was  10 
after  2,  and  he  was  trying  to  open  the 
door  into  the  dining  room  when  a  clerk 
appeared. 

"I'm  starved,"  said  the  traveler,  "but 
I'm  afraid  the  dining  room  is  closed." 

"That's  right,"  said  the  clerk.  "Ever 
since  1942." 

>  A    BIT    DISCONCERTING    tO    see    SO    Often 

this  season  a  headline  reading:  brown 
STAR  WINS.  The  disconcerting  part  was 
that  it  was  a  racehorse.  (Similarly,  the 
new  book  Blue  Skies,  Brown  Studies  has 
no  University  reference;  the  publisher  is 
Little  Brown,  too.) 

>  ON  A  BUSINESS  TRIP  in  California  in 
September,  John  Swanton  '50  rented  a  car 
to  make  some  calls.  "You  can  imagine  the 
smile  that  crossed  my  face,"  he  wrote,  "as 
I  drove  along  the  Harbor  Freeway  and 
noticed  a  sign  on  top  of  an  office.  It  read: 
'Barnebey  Cheney  Air  Purifiers.' 

"Now  I  ask  you,"  Swanton  concluded, 
"could  any  loyal  Brown  man  resist  hum- 
ming a  few  bars  of  Alma  Muler  at  a  time 
like  that?" 

>  A  QUESTIONNAIRE  Seeking  biographical 
data  came  to  George  L.  Cassidy  '26  of 
Pleasantville,  N.  Y.,  from  Moses  Brown 
School  where  he  prepared  for  Brown.  One 
heading  provided  a  blank  after  the  phrase 
"Marital  Status."  Says  Cassidy:  "I  couldn't 
resist  answering,  'Excellent!' " 

BUSTER 


THE  MEEHAN  AUDITORIUM  rink  in  use:  An  early  session  of  the  R.  I.  Brown  Club's  skating  subsidiary. 


BROWN   ALUMNI   MONTHLY 


Photo  by  George  C.  Henderson  '38,  Brown  Photo  Lab. 


i4j^ 


«^^Vl^.. 


-^SSittuik^ 


S^^ 


THE  ICE 
CAME 
EARLY 


And  the  new  Meehan  Auditorium  has 
already  delighted  hundreds  of  skaters 
and  other  visitors  at  Aldrich-Dexter. 


THE  George  V.  Meehan  Auditorium  opened  its  doors  to  the 
public  for  the  first  time  on  Saturday,  Oct.  14.  Within  24 
hours  it  was  in  use  by  hundreds  of  skaters,  the  first  new  build- 
ing on  Brown's  Aldrich-Dexter  Field  and  the  first  addition 
to  the  University's  athletic  plant  in  more  than  30  years  (Mar- 
vel Gymnasium  was  constructed  in  1927). 

More  than  1500  persons  toured  the  Auditorium  the  first 
day,  prompted  by  an  invitation  in  the  local  press.  On  Sunday, 
nearly  700  students  from  Brown  and  Pembroke  gave  the  ice 
its  first  test — and  found  it  to  their  satisfaction.  About  100 
other  skaters  from  Faculty  families  appeared  later  in  the 
evening,  and  the  new  Skating  Club,  sponsored  by  the  Rhode  Is- 
land Brown  Club,  had  its  first  venture  onto  the  ice  the  same 
week.  From  now  until  April,  it  will  be  a  busy  facility. 

The  building  was  designed  for  a  dual  purpose.  As  both 
arena  and  auditorium,  it  will  provide  the  setting  not  only  for 
all  home  hockey  games  and  other  skating  events  but  also  for 
certain  convocations  and  other  academic  occasions  (even 
Commencement  if  Brown's  legacy  of  good  weather  is  inter- 
rupted). The  building  contains  approximately  2,100  perma- 
nent seats,  ranged  in  north  and  south  stands  facing  the  rink 
arena  200  feet  by  85  feet  ( 17,000  square  feet).  For  events  on 
the  ice,  temporary  seating  and  standing  room  may  bring  the 
audience  capacity  to  about  3,000.  When  temporary  seating 
is  placed  on  the  rink,  the  capacity  for  convocations  will  be 
raised  to  about  5,000. 

Named  for  the  Providence  business  executive  whose  foun- 
dation contributed  half  a  million  dollars  toward  its  cost,  the 
Meehan  Auditorium  was  designed  by  the  architectural  firm 
of  Perry,  Shaw,  Hepburn  &  Dean  of  Boston  and  constructed 
{Continued  on  page  8) 


NOVEMBER   1961 


THE  ICE  AREA  is  said  fo  be  larger  than  that  of  Madison  Square  Garden's. 


BROWN   ALUMNI    MONTHLY 


BROWN'S  OWN  ICE 


ALL  AGES  at  a  Brown  Club  family  hour  in  the  Meehan  Auditorium. 


"THANK  YOU  AGAIN, 

SIR."  President  Keeney 

to  George  V.  Meehan,  right, 

principal  donor  of  the 

Auditorium.  First  official 

inspection  come  at  a  special 

luncheon  in  mid-October. 


OLD  TIMERS'  NIGHT  on  Nov.  25  has  Jackson  Skillings  in  charge.  The  1937 
Varsity  Captain  brought  his  boys  in  for  a  look  recently. 

The  ice  came  early 

{Continued  from  page  5) 

by  the  Gilbane  Building  Company  of  Providence  (Thomas  F. 
Giibane  and  William  J.  Gilbane  are  both  '33).  Twenty-three 
subcontractors  lent  their  assistance,  and  materials  were  sup- 
plied by  13  other  firms. 

"No  Better  College  Rink  Anyivhere" 
Construction  of  the  circular  domed  building  began  in  May, 
1960.  As  it  rose,  the  exterior  became  familiar  to  passers-by 
at  the  corner  of  Hope  St.  and  Lloyd  Ave.,  at  the  northwest 
corner  of  the  39  acres  of  the  Aldrich-Dexter  property.  It  was 
already  an  imposing  landmark.  The  interior,  however,  must 
have  presented  a  surprise  to  the  October  visitors.  They  ex- 
pected to  find  massive  utility;  they  were  not  prepared  for 
beauty.  It  was  handsome  and  impressive  as  well,  all  agreed. 
According  to  Coach  James  H.  Fullerton,  the  visiting  coaches, 
athletic  directors,  and  dealers  in  athletic  equipment  have  been 
unanimous  in  saying  they  haven't  seen  a  better  college  rink 
anywhere.  Alumni  and  students  are  delighted,  and  many,  as 
we  have  suggested,  have  already  put  the  ice  to  a  practical 
test. 

Among  those  attending  the  October  open  house  was  Har- 
old A.  Mackinney  '02,  Captain  of  the  Brown  hockey  teams 
for  his  four  years  on  the  Hill.  "He  was  beaming  all  over," 
Jim  Fullerton  reported  later.  "Apparently  in  his  day  the  team 
played  on  an  outdoor  rink  at  Roger  Williams  Park.  One 
season.  Coach  Cook  constructed  a  small  outdoor  rink  on  Lin- 
coln Field,  which  is  now  the  Lower  Campus.  However,  a 
mild  winter  followed,  in  which  the  boys  were  able  to  use  it 
only  once."  (The  squad  had  not  much  better  success  with  a 
rink  built  just  outside  of  Marvel  Gym  in  more  recent  times. ) 

A  Cycle  of  Dedication  Events 

The  first  hockey  game  to  be  played  in  the  rink  will  be  on 
Old  Timers'  Night,  Saturday,  Nov.  25.  Chairman  Jack  Skil- 
lings  '37  has  arranged  for  many  of  Brown's  hockey  players 
down  through  the  years  to  return  for  the  occasion.  Some  of 


the  younger  and  hardier  men  will  undertake  an  exhibition 
game  and  will  even  take  on  the  Varsity.  Older  stars,  more 
conservative,  will  be  content  with  a  mere  introduction  to  the 
crowd. 

The  first  intercollegiate  game  in  the  rink  will  be  played 
Dec.  2  when  the  Brown  Varsity  and  Freshman  teams  meet 
Northeastern.  The  building  will  be  officially  dedicated  on  Jan. 
2  when  the  Bruins  meet  Princeton  in  the  first  Ivy  League  game 
at  home.  Practice  was  to  start  early  this  month,  as  allowed 
by  League  agreements. 

Thanks  to  the  absence  of  supporting  columns  for  the 
domed  roof  of  the  Meehan  Auditorium,  every  seat  has  an 
unobstructed  view  of  the  rink.  This  was  immediately  obvious 
to  the  visitors  who  roamed  the  structure  on  the  day  of  the 
open  house.  They  entered  from  the  parking  lot  at  the  south, 
along  Hope  St.  Passing  through  the  lobby  with  its  ticket  of- 
fices and  arrangements  for  spectator  traffic,  one  came  into  the 
auditorium  at  about  the  middle  level  of  the  stands,  which 
flank  the  ice  surface  in  two  banks,  north  and  south.  In  an 
effort  to  add  variety  to  the  color  scheme  in  the  interior,  the 
first  eight  rows  of  permanent  seats  are  being  painted  seal 
brown,  the  next  five  rows  cardinal,  and  final  five  yellow.  The 
colors  are  those  found  in  the  University's  coat  of  arms. 

The  penalty  box  is  at  the  foot  of  the  south  stands,  in  the 
middle  of  the  rink.  In  addition  to  any  player  serving  out  his 
penalty,  the  box  wUl  also  be  occupied  by  the  official  timer, 
who  operates  the  scoreboard  clock,  and  the  official  scorer. 
Using  his  outlet  to  the  auditorium  public  address  system,  the 
latter  will  announce  the  time  of  each  goal,  the  players  in- 
volved, and  also  the  penalties. 

Directly  across  the  rink  are  the  team  boxes,  unusual  in  that 
they  are  side  by  side.  Brown  will  use  the  west  box,  the  visitors 
(Continued  on  page  10) 


RECOVERED  from  a  recent  illness,  Theodore  Francis 
Green  '87  wanted  to  see  the  rink,  and  Athletic  Direc- 
tor Mackesey  proudly  obliged. 


BROWN   ALUMNI    MONTHLY 


LAYING  10  MILES  of  brine  pipe  was  only  one  of  many  spectacular  construction  operations. 


I  -ft  M7|| 


NOVEMBER    1961 


The  ice  came  early 

(Conliuued  from  page  8) 

the  east,  in  each  of  which  there  is  allowance  for  the  maximum 
of  17  players  a  team  may  dress  for  a  game,  including  two 
goalies.  Coaches,  trainers,  and  managers  are  here,  too,  of 
course. 

Innovations  Beneath  the  Stands 

Virtually  all  of  the  auditorium's  auxiliary  rooms  are  in  the 
area  beneath  the  north  stands.  Here  are  the  Brown  Varsity 
locker  room,  Freshman  and  JV  locker  room,  and  two  for 
visiting  teams.  The  35  open-bin  lockers  in  the  Varsity  room 
have  a  double  advantage  over  enclosed  lockers:  clothing 
stored  in  them  "breathes"  better,  and  the  equipment  man  will 
have  a  much  easier  job  changing  laundry  and  uniforms.  A 
large  shower  room  serves  both  the  Varsity  and  Freshman 
squads.  The  Freshman  room,  which  contains  50  lockers,  will 
also  be  used  by  coaches  for  showing  game  and  instructional 
films;  there  are  blackboards  in  both  rooms  for  the  diagram- 
ming of  plays. 

The  dressing  rooms  for  the  visiting  teams  have  peg  boards 
instead  of  lockers,  and  footwear  can  be  stored  in  the  boxlike 
under-portion  of  the  removable  benches.  These  two  rooms 
may  also  be  used  by  members  of  skating  clubs  and  partici- 
pants in  special  programs.  The  Coaches'  Office  nearby  is  head- 
quarters for  Fullerton  and  his  new  assistant,  Richard  H. 
Michaud.  (The  team  manager  has  a  desk  here,  too.)  Coaches 
and  game  officials  will  dress  in  the  Officials'  Room,  as  will 
any  skating  professionals  who  may  take  part  in  special  events. 
An  adjacent  first-aid  room  is  fully  equipped  for  the  treatment 
of  minor  mishaps. 

In  the  compressor  room  one  finds  the  heavy  machinery 
which  cools  and  circulates  the  brine  which  in  turn  makes  the 
ice.  The  refrigeration  system  employs  non-combustible  freon 
gas,  with  two  compressors  and  two  large  pumps  to  keep  the 
brine  flowing  through  the  10  miles  of  pipe  embedded  one  and 
five-eighths  of  an  inch  beneath  the  surface  of  the  rink.  In 
normal  operation,  the  brine  leaves  the  refrigerating  system  at 
16  degrees  Fahrenheit  and  returns  at  18  degrees,  though 
these  temperatures  can  be  varied  considerably,  according  to 
the  room  temperature,  the  humidity,  and  the  desired  texture 
of  the  ice.  (Figure  skating,  for  example,  requires  somewhat 
softer  ice  than  hockey.) 

The  Press  Will  Like  Its  Balcony 

The  Manager's  Office  is  the  nerve  center  of  the  auditorium 
and  commands  a  passageway  leading  in  from  the  east  en- 
trance. This  is  the  point  of  access  for  all  skaters,  including 
members  of  clubs  and  other  groups  authorized  to  use  the 
rink  at  specified  periods.  In  this  office  are  located  a  turntable 
and  a  supply  of  records  that  will  furnish  background  music, 
as  requested,  for  recreational  and  figure  skating. 

Drawing  especial  praise  was  the  large  press  box,  which 
includes  appropriate  sections  for  radio  and  television.  The 
booths  are  all  fully  wired  for  teletype  and  telephone  service, 
as  well  as  the  auditorium's  public  address  system.  The  tele- 
vision booth  is  fitted  for  connection  to  a  coaxial  cable  that 
already  runs  near  the  building.  The  press  box,  hung  from  the 
roof  over  the  south  stands,  offers  ample  accommodation  for 
30  working  members  of  the  press. 

Familiar  to  spectators  in  other  rinks  is  the  Zamboni  ma- 


chine, a  mechanical  marvel  which  will  roll  out  on  the  ice 
periodically  to  plane  the  surface,  pick  up  the  shavings,  and 
spread  a  thin  film  of  warm  water  which  freezes  almost  at 
once.  It  takes  care  of  cracks  and  scars  left  by  the  skates, 
providing  a  fresh,  smooth  surface  in  10  minutes.  The  Zam- 
boni, named  for  its  inventor,  does  a  job  which  would  other- 
wise require  a  crew  of  nine  men — and  does  it  better. 

On  the  staff  at  the  Meehan  Auditorium  is  an  expert  skate- 
sharpener,  with  one  of  the  best  machines  available  for  his 
work.  On  the  inside  of  his  room  is  the  panel  which  controls 
the  auditorium  lights.  Ready  in  another  part  of  the  building, 
incidentally,  is  a  25-kilowatt  generator,  driven  by  natural  gas. 
In  the  event  of  a  general  power  failure,  it  can  provide  current 
for  emergency  lighting. 

A  Spider-Web  of  Ribs  and  Rings 

Nichols,  Norton,  and  Zaldastani  of  Boston  were  the  con- 
sulting engineers  commissioned  to  contribute  the  design  of 
the  structural  system,  including  the  foundation,  concrete 
work,  and  steel  dome;  they  also  supervised  those  areas  of 
construction.  Paul  Norton,  of  that  firm,  says  the  concept 
basic  to  the  design  of  the  longspan  roof-framing  was  arrived 
at  after  considerable  study.  He  wrote  recently:  "As  many  as 
18  schemes  were  explored  to  determine,  in  collaboration  with 
the  architects,  the  most  appropriate  and  economical  solution. 
The  steel  dome  finally  selected  consists  of  30  major  radial 
ribs  connected  to  polygonal  tension  and  compression  rings.  A 
space  frame  analysis  enabled  us  to  specify  light  members 
and  to  design  a  relatively  light  structure  for  such  a  span." 

Thus,  instead  of  conventional  vertical  columns  supporting  a 
conventional  roof,  there  is  a  domed  spider-web  of  steel  ribs 
and  rings,  the  former  104  feet  long.  During  construction,  a 
giant  crane  was  used  to  attach  the  ribs  to  a  tension  ring  208 
feet  in  diameter  and  based  on  a  concrete  canopy.  At  the  top 
of  the  dome,  the  converging  ribs  were  field-welded  to  a  com- 
pression ring  14  feet  in  diameter.  Temporary  falsework  sup- 
ported the  rings  until  all  the  interconnecting  steel  had  been 
welded   into  place.   Six  intermediate  compression  rings  help 


Miles  of  pipes  and  wiring 

FOR  THOSE  who  like  statistics,"  an  informative  bro- 
chure gave  these  data  about  the  Meehan  Auditorium 
to  visitors  at  the  first  open  house;  Earth  excavated — 
30,646  cubic  yards.  Reinforced  concrete — 3,967  cubic 
yards.  Concrete  blocks — 39,192.  Structural  steel — 309 
tons.  Reinforcing  steel — 182  tons.  Scaffolding — 122,000 
square  feet.  Acoustical  tile — 672  pieces.  Floor  tile  (mo- 
saic)— 1,200  pieces;  floor  tile  (rubber  cord) — 6,000 
square  feet.  Forms  for  concrete — 159,892  square  feet. 
Face  bricks — 720.  Paint — 900  gallons. 

Doors — 81.  Window  panels — 52.  Window  glass 
blocks — 600.  Plumbing  fixtures — 93.  Toilet  accessories 
— 79.  Electrical  fixtures — 587.  Lighting — 30  candles/ 
square  foot.  Electric  conduit — 23,000  feet.  Electric  wire 
— 92,000  feet.  Plumbing  pipe — 5,960  linear  feet.  Heat- 
ing pipe — 3,460  linear  feet.  Brine  pipe — 10  miles. 
Height,  ice  to  dome  center — 62  feet.  Dome  roof  area 
— 36,438  square  feet.  Flat  roof  area — 11,500  square 
feet.  Ice  area — 17,000  square  feet. 


10 


BROWN   ALUMNI    MONTHLV 


achieve  thrust  and  counter-thrust  simultaneously  and  stabilize 
weight.  Prefabricated  pie-shaped  sections  of  the  roof  were 
then  placed  by  crane  over  the  skeletal  framing.  The  result,  as 
suggested,  is  a  self-supporting  dome  that  combines  great 
strength  with  light  weight. 

Rivaling  the  building  of  the  roof  in  construction  complex- 
ity was  the  laying  of  the  17,000-square-foot  concrete  slab  that 
provides  the  base  for  the  skating  surface.  Excavation  of  the 
entire  area  came  first — to  a  depth  of  seven  feet.  That  immense 
pit  was  then  filled  with  crushed  stone,  which  serves  as  an 
insulating  layer.  Next,  the  pipefitters  put  down  the  10  miles  of 
I'/i-inch  pipe  to  carry  the  brine. 

July  3  was  a  big  day.  At  6  a.m.  that  morning,  augmented 
crews  were  called  in  to  pour  the  6'/2-inch  concrete  slab  in 
which  the  pipe  is  now  embedded.  Since  it  was  necessary  to 
keep  all  weight  off  the  piping,  the  workers  had  constructed 
wooden  tracks  called  "buggy  runs"  between  the  lines  of  pipe 
— no  simple  matter.  Between  6  a.m.  and  1  p.m.,  36  laborers 
trundled  their  two-wheeled  buggies  back  and  forth  along  the 
runs.  In  the  seven  hours  they  poured  330  cubic  yards,  or  48 
truckloads,  of  concrete  in  this  one  operation. 

In  the  next  five  and  a  half  hours,  14  finishers  prepared  the 
smooth,  compacted  surface  called  for  in  the  exacting  specifi- 
cations. Finally,  at  6:30,  an  inch  of  water  was  poured  over 
the  surface,  to  be  left  there  for  seven  days.  This  technique, 
known  as  water  curing,  minimizes  the  possibility  of  cracking, 
by  preventing  moisture  from  leaving  the  concrete  too  quickly. 

The  Chairman  of  the  Building  Committee  is  Elmer  Horton 
'10  of  Barrington.  (We  remember  the  applause  he  received  at 
the  R.  I.  Brown  Club  dinner  last  spring.)  The  Co-Chairman  is 
Foster  B.  Davis,  Jr.,  '39  of  Providence.  Committee  members 
include  Harry  H.  Burton  '16  and  Howard  Huntoon,  both  of 
Providence,  Ward  A.  Davenport,  Director  of  Construction 
Planning  for  the  University,  and  President  Keeney,  ex  officio. 

The  Winter's  Hockey  Attractions 

Twenty-one  Varsity  and  16  Freshman  games  are  on 
Brown's  1961  hockey  schedule.  In  addition,  the  University 
will  be  host  for  a  holiday  tournament  involving  the  Bruins 
and  seven  other  college  squads.  The  schedules  (games  are  at 
home  unless  otherwise  noted) : 

VARSITY:  Dec.  2— Northeastern.  Dec.  6 — Boston  Col- 
lege. Dec.  8 — Connecticut.  Dec.  12 — Amherst,  away.  Dec. 
15 — Bowdoin.  Jan.  6 — Princeton*.  Jan.  8 — Northeastern. 
away.  Jan.  13 — Yale*,  away.  Jan.  27 — Williams,  away.  Jan. 
31 — -Princeton*,  away.  Feb.  3 — Yale*.  Feb.  7 — Harvard*, 
away.  Feb.  10 — Cornell*.  Feb.  14 — Dartmouth*,  away.  Feb. 
17 — Cornell*,  away.  Feb.  21 — Harvard*.  Feb.  24 — Dart- 
mouth*. Feb.  28 — Army,  away.  Mar.  3 — Boston  College, 
away.  Mar.  5 — Providence  College,  away.  Mar.  10 — Provi- 
dence College.  (*Ivy  League  games.) 

FRESHMEN:  Dec.  2 — Northeastern.  Dec.  6 — Boston  Col- 
lege. Dec.  9 — Choate.  Dec.  13 — La  Salle  Academy.  Jan.  6 — 
Andover.  Jan.  8 — Northeastern,  away.  Jan.  13 — Yale,  away. 
Jan.  31 — Hope  High.  Feb.  7 — Harvard,  away.  Feb.  10 — 
Lynn  English.  Feb.  14 — Cranston  High.  Feb.  21 — Harvard. 
Feb.  24 — Dartmouth.  Mar.  3 — Boston  College,  away.  Mar. 
5 — Providence  College,  away.  Mar.  10 — Providence  College. 

The  game  ticket  price  to  the  public  will  be  $1.50  for  home 
games.  The  south  stands  will  be  reserved  for  Brown  and  Pem- 
broke students  at  all  Varsity  games,  while  about  300  seats  in 
the  north  stands  will  be  set  aside  for  season  ticket-holders 


CHART   shows   how   the   ice   surface   and    permanent   seats   for   2100    persons 
are  accommodated  in  the  oval  of  the  Meehan  Auditorium. 

and  guests  of  the  University.  All  other  seats  in  the  north 
stands,  plus  all  temporary  seats  and  standing  room,  will  be 
available  on  a  first-come,  first-served  basis  for  Faculty  and 
staff-holders  of  season  athletic  tickets  and  for  the  general  pub- 
lic. 

17  Hours  of  Use  Per  Day 

The  Meehan  Auditorium  is  intended  primarily  for  the  use 
of  the  Brown  family — students,  faculty,  staff,  and  alumni. 
By  operating  on  a  schedule  of  up  to  17  hours  a  day,  however, 
it  has  been  possible  to  make  the  auditorium  available,  by  spe- 
cial arangement,  to  a  number  of  outside  groups  during  the 
skating  season. 

The  largest  single  allotment  of  time,  of  course,  will  go  to 
the  Brown  Varsity,  JV,  and  Freshman  hockey  squads,  starting 
this  month.  Other  University-connected  groups  using  the  ice 
will  be  Brown  and  Pembroke  physical  education  classes,  in- 
tramural teams  (an  informal  fraternity  league  has  had  two 
good  seasons  at  the  Ice  Bowl),  Faculty  and  staff  members  and 
their  families,  and  the  Brown  Club  of  Rhode  Island.  Outside 
organizations  using  the  ice  will  include  the  Providence  Figure 
Skating  Club,  the  Moses  Brown  School,  the  Wheeler  School, 
the  Providence  high  schools  (for  hockey  practice  only),  Pee- 
Wee  hockey  groups,  adult  hockey  groups,  and  the  Parents 
League. 

Aldrich-Dexter  Field  is  in  its  second  year  of  intensive  use. 
Football  squads  practice  there,  dressing  in  the  temporary  field 
house  which  was  the  Asylum  hospital  building.  Baseball  and 
lacrosse  were  played  there  last  spring,  and  soccer  is  a  lively 
fall  tenant.  Tennis  courts  and  intramural  fields  see  constant, 
enthusiastic  activity  daily.  Eventually,  the  University  proposes 
to  build  on  the  Dexter  site  a  new  gymnasium,  field  house,  and 
swimming  pools.  However,  there  are  no  immediate  plans  for 
these  projects,  although  the  Athletic  Advisory  Council  has 
set  up  a  supervisory  committee. 


NOVEMBER    1961 


11 


AND    FREELY  RESORT? 

5500  students  by  1970?  Two  Brown  Deans  looked 
into  a  crystal  ball  and  report  what  they  saw  ahead 


BROWN'S  NEW  BIOLOGY  BUILDING  at  Brown  and  Waterman  Sts.  was  approaching  its  full  height  when  this  photo  was  taken  earlier  in  the  fall. 

12  BROWN   ALUMNI    MONTHLY 


A  Brown  University  student  body  approaching  5500 
by  1970  was  envisioned  by  spokesmen  on  admission 
policies  before  the  Alumni  Leadership  Conference  recently. 
The  major  factor  in  such  growth,  they  predicted,  would  be  the 
expansion  of  the  Graduate  School  to  the  point  where  it  would 
account  for  1500  students  or  28%  of  the  total.  It  would  have 
surpassed  Pembroke  College  in  size,  for  the  projection  there 
showed  1170  undergraduates.  Brown  undergraduates  at  the 
end  of  the  decade  would  number  2750,  about  10%  more  than 
are  in  the  undergraduate  College  today. 

Other  aspects  of  enrollment  were  considered  by  the  Confer- 
ence panel:  the  selection  of  students,  the  quality  of  the  stu- 
dents, their  financial  problems — to  name  a  few. 

The  two  principals  were  Lloyd  W.  Cornell,  Jr.,  '44,  Assist- 
ant Dean  of  the  College,  and  Alberta  F.  Brown,  Dean  of  Ad- 
mission at  Pembroke.  It  should  be  noted  that  they  spoke  from 
a  University  perspective,  rather  than  as  partisans  for  the  in- 
dividual colleges.  There  was  also  an  interpolated  statement, 
requested  from  Dr.  R.  Bruce  Lindsay  '20,  Dean  of  the  Grad- 
uate School.  He  was  brought  to  the  Sayles  Hall  platform  by 
the  moderator,  Vice-President  John  V.  Elmendorf. 

Dean  Cornell  began: 

The  preamble  to  the  Brown  Charter  of  1764  contains  a 
section  not  as  often  quoted  as  others,  but  I  would  call  your 
attention  to  the  statement  of  the  need  for  an  institution  "to 
which  youth  may  freely  resort"  for  an  education.  I'd  like  to 
concentrate  on  that  phrase  "freely  resort,"  for  in  the  decades 
ahead  one  of  the  greatest  challenges  facing  Brown  and  similar 
institutions  centers  around  the  definition  and  interpretation 
those  two  words. 

So  we're  going  to  speak  of  class  size,  class  quality,  the 
financial  backgrounds  of  the  students'  families,  and  the  fi- 
nancial aid  techniques  used  to  solve  their  problems. 

First  of  all,  I'd  like  to  go  back  in  time  to  1940-41,  which 
we  regard  as  rather  a  "base"  year.  The  efl'ects  of  the  Depres- 
sion had  passed,  those  of  World  War  II  were  not  felt — in 
enrollment,  at  least.  In  that  year  there  were  approximately 
1500  applications  for  admission  (and  I'm  speaking  through- 
out of  the  combined  Classes  of  Brown  and  Pembroke).  We 
enrolled  approximately  500  of  those  candidates,  and  the  ratio 
therefore  was  one  out  of  three. 

I'll  then  go  on  in  five-year  steps,  beginning  in  1949-50, 
when  the  number  of  applications  had  jumped  to  approxi- 
mately 3400.  Of  that  group  we  enrolled  830,  about  one  out  of 
four.  Five  years  later,  in  1954,  applications  had  jumped  to 
4100,  and  we  enrolled  just  over  900.  In  1959,  applications 
were  up  to  4660,  and  we  enrolled  just  over  850.  Our  com- 
bined entering  Classes  at  Brown  and  Pembroke  in  recent  years 
have  been  approaching  900.  Some  of  this  increase  in  applica- 
tions stems  from  strengths,  present  purpose,  plans,  plant  and 
personnel,  which  resulted  in  the  Ford  Foundation  Grant. 
Others  of  them  relate  to  national  trends,  which  we  shall  ex- 
amine later. 

A  Function  of  "Educational  Management" 

If  we  project  those  figures  to  1964-65,  I  think  we  can 
reasonably  expect  6800  applications — a  far  cry  from  the  1500 
I  started  out  discussing  for  1940.  And  if  we  look  ahead  to 
1970,  I  think  we  can  expect  over  8000,  perhaps  9000,  appli- 
cations. I  think  that  by  the  middle  of  this  decade,  inevitably 
and  irresistably,  the  number  of  entering  Freshmen  will  ap- 


proach 1000  (again  the  combined  total  of  those  at  Brown 
and  Pembroke).  By  1969-70,  the  number  will  probably  be 
about  1 100 — an  increase  on  the  order  of  25  or  30%  over  the 
present.  But  1  would  remind  you  that  the  Classes  at  the  end 
of  the  decade  of  the  "40s  represented  an  increase  of  approxi- 
mately 60%  over  those  which  came  before  World  War  II. 

I  think  that  we  have  demonstrated  that  Class  size  is  in  part 
a  function  of  educational  management,  that  we  have  suc- 
ceeded (perhaps  beyond  our  wildest  expectations)  in  handling 
larger  Classes  better  through  new  techniques  in  administration 
and  in  teaching.  We  have  improved  the  quality  of  our  plant 
to  accommodate  the  higher  quality  of  the  candidate  group. 

I  say  that  the  coming  increase  will  be  irresistible  and  in- 
evitable. If  we  controlled  it  completely,  keeping  us  where  we 
now  are,  the  effect  would  be  artificial  and  stultifying.  The 
strengths  which  Brown  has  and  the  increasing  recognition  of 
them  bring  us  a  candidate  group  today  that,  not  only  in 
quality  and  number  but  also  in  its  composition  from  top  to 
bottom,  is  significantly  different  from  the  groups  we  dealt 
with  years  ago.  It  is  not  the  figures  themselves  which  are 
significant  but  the  innate  quality  of  the  candidate  group  and 
the  self-selection  which  has  contributed  to  that  group. 

Dean  Brown  then  said: 

When  we  consider  how  our  entering  Classes  are  growing 
and  the  number  of  applications  increasing,  it  is  interesting  and 
helpful  to  place  ours  against  the  national  picture.  In  1969-70, 
at  the  end  of  the  decade  for  which  we  are  attempting  to  make 
projections,  we  have — as  Dean  Cornell  remarked — a  com- 
bined entering  Class  in  the  neighborhood  of  1100  students. 
At  the  end  of  the  previous  decade,  we  had  a  real  figure — 860 
in  1959-60,  so  that  the  increase  10  years  later  would  approach 
30%. 

Interestingly,  the  national  figure  of  increase  for  teen-agers 
who  will  be  of  college  entrance  age  will  be  33%,  so  we  are 
plotting  ourselves  against  a  very  real  situation.  (It's  nice  to 
know  17  years  ahead  how  many  people  might  possibly  be  at 
the  college  door — this  is  an  advantage  we  have  over  the 
kindergarten. ) 

It  would  be  very  simple  in  admission  if  we  could  just  count 
on  facts  like  birth-rate  increases  when  we  are  projecting  how 
many  students  we  can  put  in  our  precise  number  of  dormitory 
spaces.  Admission  staffs  could  all  go  off  to  Bermuda  quite 
early  in  the  spring  instead  of  revising  our  estimates  constantly 
day  by  day  as  to  how  many  are  coming.  But  there  are  factors 
other  than  birth  rates  which  enter  in,  variables  over  which  we 
have  no  control  but  which  we  must  observe  carefully.  The 
factor  which  could  make  our  figure  larger  than  1100  in 
1969-70  is  that  the  percentage  of  the  college  age  group  which 
actually  attend  institutions  of  higher  learning  has  been  in- 
creasing at  the  rate  of  1  %  a  year — a  1  %  increase  in  per- 
centage. 

A  Fine  State  of  the  Horrors 

This  could  lead  to  a  fine  state  of  the  horrors  if  there  were 
not  some  other  factors  which  might  offset  this  increase  as  we 
cope  with  it.  We  might  have  a  smaller  number  than  1 100  for 
several  reasons,  the  first  being  the  rising  cost  of  education. 
Another  factor,  which  gives  us  a  great  deal  of  pause,  is  the 
fear  that  one  may  not  have  an  application  accepted:  the  fear 
that  a  student  may  not  be  acceptable  may  persuade  him  not 
to  apply.  The  third  factor  is  related  to  the  second  in  a  way: 


NOVEMBER    1961 


13 


a  fear  that  he  may  not  be  able  personally  to  meet  a  strong 
student  body  on  his  own  terms — he  may  be  unwilling  to  enter 
a  situation  which  is  highly  selective.  Related  to  this  in  another 
way  is  the  student  who  is  just  plain  unwilling  to  put  himself 
in  a  situation  where  he  will  have  to  work  to  his  full  capacity. 

These  latter  fears  are  very  much  in  our  minds.  It  is  inevita- 
ble that  there  are  people  in  this  world  who  do  weed  them- 
selves out  of  strenuous  and  exciting  situations  because  of  their 
personal  characteristics.  But  there  are  others  who  simply  need 
interpretation  at  this  point,  who  need  encouragement,  even 
though  they  are  ready. 

This  projected  25%-30%  increase  in  Freshman  enrollment, 
it  seems  to  me,  should  allow  for  absorption  of  the  increased 
number  into  this  University,  into  the  separate  Colleges,  with- 
out any  adverse  effect  on  the  basic  nature  of  the  institution. 
its  administration,  its  teaching,  its  facilities.  It  would  seem 
to  be  a  healthy  increase. 

Dean  Cornell  had  a  point  to  make: 

I'd  like  to  invite  the  alumni  to  share  with  the  Admissions 
Offices  a  rather  special  problem  which  is  a  challenge  in  itself: 
the  number  of  people  rejected.  Those  who  are  accepted  take 
admission  gracefully  and  gratefully,  but  those  who  are  re- 
jected do  not.  A  few  figures  will  show  the  dimensions  of  this 
problem  and  how  it  has  increased:  In  1930  the  College  re- 
jected 131  candidates  for  admission;  in  1940,  394:  in  1950, 
772;  in  1960,  2000.  What  will  it  be  by  1970?  I  suspect  in  the 
order  of  6000  rejections.  As  an  institution,  we  are  going  to 
make  very  many  more  people  unhappy  than  happy.  In  addi- 
tion to  all  other  planning,  the  Admission  Officers  might  plan 
to  leave  town  about  1970. 

We  need  alumni  help  in  dealing  with  the  cases  of  rejections 
and  related  problems,  as  we  do  in  so  many  admissions  situa- 
tions. As  Dean  Brown  will  agree,  I'm  sure,  the  applicants 
look  to  alumni  and  alumnae  as  friends  in  court.  They  get  in 
touch  with  alumni,  alumni  write  us — we're  glad  they  do.  We 
need  communication  and  interpretation,  back  and  forth. 

Dean  Broivn  resumed: 

(She  presented  figures  on  the  University's  enrollment, 
which  we  have  reduced  to  a  tabulation:) 


Year 

Broicn 

Pembroke 

Grad.  School 

Total 

1940-41 

1392 

493 

282  (13%) 

2167 

1949-50 

2995 

866 

476  (11%) 

4337 

1954-55 

2140 

808 

398  (12%) 

3346 

1959-60 

2323 

884 

696  (18%) 

3903 

1964-65 

2500 

1000 

1000  (22%) 

4500 

1969-70 

2750 

1170 

1500  (28%  ) 

5420 

(Incidentally,  on  Sept.  26  the  1961-62  figures  showed  2333 
undergraduates  in  The  College,  909  in  Pembroke,  and  801 
graduate  students  in  residence,  though  late  registrations  were 
expected  to  raise  the  last  total  to  870.  The  total  enrollment 
would  then  be  4742.) 

In  this  table,  we  begin  again  (said  Dean  Brown)  with  the 
base  year  of  1940-41,  showing  the  enrollment  by  divisions, 
including  the  two  undergraduate  Colleges  and  the  Graduate 
School.  The  Graduate  School  percentage  given  is  with  respect 
to  the  total  enrollment.  The  ratio  of  Brown  and  Pembroke  in 
1940-41  showed  about  IVz  boys  to  every  girl — and  I  may 
say  this  is  not  regarded  a  mean  ratio  by  the  girls. 

The  end  of  the  war  and  the  arrival  of  the  veterans  doubled 


the  University's  enrollment,  with  Brown  up  more  than  100%. 
But  Pembroke  and  the  Graduate  School  grew,  too,  up  75% 
each.  In  1954-55,  we  returned  to  "normalcy,"  if  we  ever  have 
it  (normalcy  seems  merely  to  be  a  point  between  extremes). 
Enrollment  was  cut  back  again  but  then  began  its  way  up 
again,  as  shown  by  the  figure  for  1959-60.  Though  the  un- 
dergraduate student  body  was  growing  at  a  normal  rate,  the 
Graduate  School  enrollment  had  jumped  to  the  point  where 
it  was  now  18%  of  the  total  University. 

Then,  we  look  ahead  to  two  projected  periods,  seeing 
figures  that  represent  a  growth  of  about  2%  annually  at 
Brown  and  3%  annually  at  Pembroke,  while  the  Graduate 
School  has  expanded  to  the  point  where  it  contributes  28%  of 
the  total  of  5420.  accounting  for  a  considerable  portion  of  the 
University  growth.  (Here  the  moderator  let  the  Graduate 
School  speak  for  itself  in  the  person  of  Dean  Lindsay.) 

Dean  Lindsay  said: 

These  figures  presented  should  interest  you  very  much. 
Though  graduate  study,  in  its  first  years  at  Brown,  was  only 
a  small  fraction  of  all  endeavor,  marked  growth  has  come 
since  the  World  War,  for  reasons  pretty  obvious  to  all. 

May  I  first  remind  you  that,  in  the  600-odd  institutions 
which  give  some  kind  of  graduate  work  in  this  country,  there 
were  enrolled  in  the  past  academic  year,  1960-61,  some 
315,000  graduate  students.  This  number  in  itself  may  not  be 
significant;  what  is  significant  is  that  it  is  increasing  very 
rapidly.  It  is  an  important  factor  in  American  education  be- 
cause these  people  constitute  the  reservoir  of  teachers,  schol- 
ars, and  scientists  who  are  going  to  undertake  the  task  of  our 
intellectual  problems  of  the  future,  the  increase  in  our  stand- 
ards of  living,  and  the  maintenance  of  our  security  in  a  very 
unquiet  world. 

In  1954,  when  the  present  incumbent  became  Dean  of  the 
Graduate  School,  we  had  490  graduate  students,  including  a 
good  many  non-resident  students.  You  realize  that  graduate 
students  wander  around  a  great  deal — they  are  restless  folk, 
who  do  not  always  want  to  stay  and  finish  their  work — some- 
times they  cannot  afford  to.  The  figure  I  gave  includes  the 
whole  lot,  resident  and  non-resident.  The  corresponding  fig- 
ure for  the  year  1960-61  was  850 — you  can  see  the  magnitude 
of  the  increase. 

I  may  say  that  part  of  this  growth  was  due  to  Brown's 
attempt  to  discharge  what  we  thought  was  the  obligation  of 
the  University  to  the  secondary  schools  teachers  of  the  nation 
when  we  started  the  new  course  of  studies  leading  to  the 
Master  of  Arts  degree  in  Teaching.  This  thas  involved  a  fair 
number  of  people,  but  the  increase  is  by  no  means  to  be  at- 
tributed to  that  primarily.  The  number  is  made  up,  rather,  of 
those  who  want  to  become  scholars  and  scientists  and  go  on 
to  the  Ph.D.  And  I  would  remind  you  that  in  1961  we  ac- 
tually graduated  51  Doctors  of  Philosophy,  the  largest  num- 
ber in  any  year  at  Brown. 

The  Pressures  Involve  Problems 

We  could,  of  course,  take  in  many  more  students  because 
we  have  them  knocking  at  the  gates.  For  1960  we  had  about 
890  applications  for  admission  to  the  Graduate  School;  this 
number  went  up  to  1325  for  the  year  1961-62.  (Candidates 
for  the  M.A.T.,  not  figured  in  here,  would  account  for  an- 
other 250.)  So  the  pressure  is  upon  us  to  grow. 

These  pressures  involve  problems,  starting  with  the  facil- 


14 


BROWN   ALUMNI   MONTHLY 


ities  for  graduate  study — laboratories,  libraries,  and  Faculty. 
We  have  a  good  Faculty,  but  we  realize  that  graduate  study 
is  expensive:  it  ultimately  means  that  a  single  member  of  the 
Faculty  has  to  take  over  one  graduate  student  to  conduct  his 
research,  because  that  is  the  graduate  student's  principal  ac- 
tivity. 

We  have  to  think  of  the  graduate  student  himself,  especially 
his  financial  support.  You  all  realize  that  the  graduate  stu- 
dents are  proverbially  poor.  They  often  have  automobiles, 
many  have  wives  and  babies,  but  they  never  have  any  money. 
There  has  developed  in  this  country  a  theory,  which  I  shall 
not  attempt  to  justify,  that,  since  society  demands  that  we 
develop  people  of  great  intellectual  capacity  to  solve  our  prob- 
lems, somehow  society  should  see  to  it  that  these  people  are 
properly  trained.  These  students  have  absorbed  this  theory 
very  well.  Parents,  too,  usually  abdicate  their  responsibilities 
at  this  point:  those  who  will  take  care  of  students  with  sup- 
port up  to  graduate  work  will  not  finance  them  further. 

The  University  recognizes  its  obligations  in  this  respect.  In 
1960-61,  for  example.  Brown  actually  provided  $350,000  in 
fellowships,  stipends,  tuition  grants,  fellowships  for  research, 
and  teaching  assistantships — this  in  free  grants  apart  from 
payment  for  any  work.  This  is  not  enough;  it  does  not  allow 
us  to  admit  all  the  qualified  who  need  help  in  the  first  year 
of  graduate  study.  Later,  as  teaching  assistants  or  research 
assistants,  they  get  support.  But  the  problem  of  the  first  year 
is  not  solved,  though  the  Government  is  becoming  more  gen- 
erous, and  so  are  foundations  and  industries. 

While  we  should  have  1500  graduate  students  by  1969-70, 
we  shall  be  able  to  accommodate  them  only  if  we  are  able  to 
double  their  financial  help.  Fortunately,  the  Graduate  School 
is  making  progress  in  this  respect,  particularly  through  the 
efforts  of  Dr.  Merton  Stoltz,  the  Associate  Dean.  I  think  the 
Brown  Graduate  School  will  be  able  to  meet  the  challenge 
that  society  has  given  us. 

Dean  Cornell's  comment  luas: 

The  undergraduate  Colleges  also  have  the  need  for  more 
scholarships  than  they  presently  command.  In  1950,  Brown 
took  the  lead  (with  several  others)  in  establishing  a  central- 
ized financial  aid  operation,  pulling  together  information 
about  the  needs  of  its  candidates,  and  utilizing  through  a 
single  control  all  the  forms  of  aid  available  to  undergradu- 
ates: scholarships,  loans,  and  student  employment.  This  was 
the  decade's  most  significant  development  in  this  area. 

During  this  period,  Brown  and  the  others  developed  tech- 
niques of  what  we  called  needs  analysis.  We  became  much 
more  sophisticated  in  seeking  a  fairer  share  of  family  in- 
come. We  learned  more  about  taxing  assets,  how  to  give  al- 
lowances in  an  income-tax  way  for  the  number  of  children 
and  aged  dependents,  how  to  take  into  account  extra  medical 
expenses  and  business  expenses,  and  other  factors.  We  built 
up  a  whole  rationale  of  appraising  family  assets  so  that  we 
might  solve  a  boy's  need  accurately  and  fairly  and  yet  com- 
pletely. We  want  his  main  effort  in  college  to  be  devoted  to 
his  reason  for  being  here.  We  do  not  want  him  distracted  to 
excess  by  employment  or  worries  about  finances. 

Similarly,  during  the  decade.  Brown's  admission  officers, 
together  with  those  of  other  colleges  in  its  "league,"  estab- 
lished the  practice  of  meeting  together  and  discussing  com- 
mon candidates.  We  were  able  to  agree  upon  and  set  identical 
stipends  for  them.  We  stopped  competing  with  each  other  on 


the  basis  of  dollars,  focussing  the  competition  more  properly 
on  other  qualities  of  the  college.  This  practice,  incidentally, 
probably  saved  the  Ivy  League  $200,000  to  $300,000  a  year — 
and  thus  helped  more  boys. 

At  the  present  time  we  are  expending  approximately  a  mil- 
lion dollars  in  the  College  for  undergraduate  aid.  The  amount 
of  scholarships  is  about  $550,000:  1  think  we  shall  loan 
something  about  $250,000  this  year,  and  student  employment 
on  Campus  (which  we  can  control)  will  be  around  $200,000. 
And  still  this  is  not  quite  enough.  We  cannot  increase  our 
scholarship  endowment  as  fast  as  the  need  increases. 

As  we  project  our  enrollment,  we  shall  need  more  on  an 
absolute  level,  too.  There  is  a  great  area  of  challenge  to  us, 
therefore,  in  building  up  scholarship  endowments,  encourag- 
ing more  corporate  giving,  and  using  loan  funds  more  effec- 
tively. The  greater  use  of  loans  as  part  of  a  package  is,  per- 
haps, the  decade's  most  significant  development  in  financial 
aid.  In  1950,  with  a  smaller  enrollment,  we  loaned  about 
$20,000  a  year,  compared  with  $250,000  this  year. 

Dean  Brown  concluded: 

We  have  talked  about  a  number  of  aspects  of  admission.  I 
want  to  discuss  a  most  important  subject,  the  quality  of  the 
student  body.  This  has  risen  dramatically,  as  measured  by 
the  College  Board  SAT  scores.  As  you  know,  these  may 
range  from  a  possible  low  of  200  to  a  possible  high  of  800, 
500  being  the  middle  point  established  when  the  norms  were 
developed. 

In  1940-41,  the  base  year  we  have  referred  to,  the  scores 
of  the  Brown  and  Pembroke  students  were  very  nearly  on  the 
national  median  on  this.  Let  me  remind  you  that  the  national 
median  on  the  College  Boards  is  a  considerable  pitch  above 
the  national  median  of  high-school  students — it  is  already  a 
pre-selected  group. 

We  stayed  in  that  general  area  but  began  to  move  upward: 
the  1954-55  figures  show  a  significant  but  not  large  rise  above 
the  national  median.  In  the  next  five-year  period  we  rose  dra- 
matically, jumping  over  the  600-point,  up  more  than  100  in 
median  by  1959-60.  We  expect  a  continuing  increase  in  the 
five  years  ahead  of  us,  inevitably  tapering  off  as  we  approach 
"perfection."  (That's  an  unfair  word  to  use.  We  cannot  ex- 
pect to  go  off  the  graph.) 

There  is  no  passing  or  failing  on  the  College  Board  tests. 
There  is  simply  "placing"  against  other  college-bound  stu- 
dents, and  our  students  are  placing  high. 

Not  to  leave  a  distorted  picture,  I  add  at  once  that  we 
work  from  more  than  objective  measures,  because  people 
are  more  than  scores  or  statistics.  We  look  carefully  at  school 
records,  and  our  students  stand  well  there — they're  top  stu- 
dents in  secondary  school  before  they  come  to  us. 

We  examine  their  program,  too,  because  its  content  is  so 
important  in  preparation  for  college. 

What,  then,  are  we  looking  for?  The  first  criterion  is  that 
the  students  have  the  power  to  meet  successfully  the  challenge 
to  intellectual  and  personal  growth  aftorded  by  this  environ- 
ment on  College  Hill,  with  sufficient  reserve  power  so  that  the 
students  will  have  sufficient  intellectual  "breathing-room" 
here.  The  second  criterion  is  that  the  students  have  those  at- 
titudes, those  drives,  those  value  judgments,  which  give  prom- 
ise that  they  will  not  only  respond  to  the  challenge  here  but 
have  the  desire,  the  will,  and  the  freedom  to  let  loose  their 
talents  in  this  world — a  modest  order! 


NOVEMBER    1961 


15 


SOME  OF  THE  VIETNAMESE  with  Prof,  and  Mrs.  Kapstein  at  o  holiday  celebration. 


Kappy's  American  Revolution 


The  Far  East  mission 
of  a  Brown  Professor 


THE  KAPSTEINS  lived  here  in  Saigon. 


HIS  CLASS  IN  SAIGON  became  a  Brown  class. 


A  SAIGON  SAGA 

by  I.  J.  KAPSTEIN  '26 


16 


A  YEAR  AGO  LAST  SUMMER  I  was  On  a  plane  flying  south 
from  Hong  Kong  to  Saigon  where,  at  the  request  of  the 
State  Department,  I  was  going  to  teach  American  Literature 
and  Civilization  to  students  at  the  University  of  Saigon,  the 
national  university  of  the  Republic  of  Vietnam.  I  did  not  know 
much  of  anything  about  the  country  I  was  going  to  and  even 
less  of  the  university  I  was  going  to  teach  in.  Whenever  (in 
my  Washington  briefing)  I  had  got  close  to  the  nub  of  what 
I  wanted  to  know,  the  answer  given  me  was,  "Play  it  by  ear." 
Playing  it  by  ear  is  all  very  well  and  good,  if  you  have  plenty 
of  time  to  make  up  for  your  mistakes. 

At  any  rate,  I  had  interrupted  all  the  continuity  of  my  work 
at  Brown  while  I  took  myself  off  to  a  Far  Eastern  country 
12,000  miles  away  in  order  to  promote  "mutual  understand- 
ing" between  it  and  the  United  States. 

The  Women  Yoii  Looked  at  Tivice 

Even  my  reading  did  not  prepare  me  for  the  look  of  the 
people  themselves — slender,  graceful,  and  on  the  average 
about  a  head  smaller  than  the  average  American.  Among  them 
I  felt  overgrown;  my  head  became  a  pumpkin,  my  limbs 
seemed  stiff  and  thick  as  boughs.  Their  color  is  a  light  tan  in 
pleasing  contrast  to  what  in  Saigon  seemed  the  sickly  pallor 
of  Western  skin.  Their  hair  is  straight,  thick,  a  lustrous  black; 
their  eyes  are  dark  with  a  gleam  like  that  of  onyx;  their  fea- 
tures are  small  and  regular — an  attractive-looking  people,  their 
glance  lively  and  alert.  The  women  were  generally  so  pretty 
that  it  was  really  rare  to  see  one  who  was  not — the  one  who 
wasn't  pretty  was  the  one  you  looked  at  twice. 

Though  1  had  been  told  by  the  State  Department  that  a 
knowledge  of  French  was  a  condition  of  my  appointment  as  a 
visiting  professor  in  Saigon,  I  could  not  anticipate  how  deep 
had  been  the  penetration  of  French  culture  between  1883  and 
1945  when  Vietnam  was  a  French  colony  nor  how  thoroughly 
the  French  had  taught  their  language  to  the  Vietnamese. 

French  was  the  necessary  bridge  of  communication  between 
West  and  East.  In  the  University,  for  example,  all  communi- 
cations came  to  me  either  in  Vietnamese  or  in  French;  on  the 
rare  occasions  when  we  met  as  a  group,  all  discourse  among 
my  colleagues  was  also  in  French.  Below  a  certain  level  of 
society  it  is  a  badly  mangled  French,  a  pidgin  French,  but  at 
higher  levels  it  is  a  very  elegant  French,  spoken  with  the 
speaker's  pride  at  being  fluent  and  correct  in  it.  I  linger  on  this 
matter  only  to  point  out  a  strange  paradox  of  colonialism: 
Politically,  the  French  are  hated  for  their  policies  of  exploita- 
tion while  they  were  the  rulers  of  Vietnam.  But,  culturally 
and  linguistically,  they  still  have  a  strong  hold  on  the  Viet- 
namese. 

The  French  now  seem  to  be  working  on  the  principle  that  if 
you  can  hold  a  people  culturally,  you  can  hold  it  commer- 
cially. The  French  cultural  mission  had  43  teachers  in  the 
lycees  and  in  the  University  of  Saigon;  the  United  States  had 
about  six,  of  whom  only  three  were  professors.  In  the  Faculty 
of  Letters,  where  I  did  most  of  my  teaching,  I  was  the  only 
American. 

Bullets  Brought  the  War  Close 

I  taught  three  courses:  one  a  survey  of  American  literature 
and  civilization,  one  in  the  modern  American  novel,  and  one 
composition,  oral  and  written.  In  contrast,  there  were  some 
20  courses  in  French  literature  and  language.  This  is  a  su- 
periority (in  numbers,  at  least)  which  the  French  mean  vigi- 
lantly to  guard.  The  French  do  not  match  us  in  financial,  tech- 


nical, and  military  aid  to  Vietnam — we  have  put  more  than 
$1,300,000,000  into  Vietnam  since  1954— but  they  certainly 
mean  to  surpass  us  culturally.  They  still  push  the  favorite 
fiction  of  many  Europeans  that  Americans  are  a  crass,  mate- 
rialistic people  who  worship  machinery  and  money  and  are 
ignorant  of  the  life  of  mind  and  spirit. 

The  point  I  am  making  is  the  contrast  between  reading 
about  Vietnam  and  living  in  it.  I  think  the  contrast  became 
most  vivid  for  me  in  regard  to  history.  I  found  a  great  dif- 
ference between  reading  about  the  Vietnamese  fight  for  free- 
dom and  the  tracer  bullets  flying  past  our  windows  a  year  ago 
this  month.  I  found  a  great  difference  between  reading  up  on 
the  struggle  between  Communist  North  Vietnam  and  demo- 
cratic South  Vietnam  and  the  shooting  up  of  a  bus  by  Com- 
munist guerrillas  just  ahead  of  us  on  the  road  between  Saigon 
and  Cap  St.  Jacques.  There  is  quite  a  difference  between 
reading  that  in  Vietnamese  civil  conflict  many  innocent  people 
are  hurt  and  seeing  in  a  Saigon  street  a  child  with  half  her 
head  shot  away. 

I  had  only  the  scantiest  idea  of  what  to  expect  at  the  Uni- 
versity. I  knew  nothing  of  its  organization,  its  administration, 
its  curriculum,  or  its  students.  But,  as  time  went  on  (my  teach- 
ing began  in  August  of  1960  and  ended  in  April  of  this  year) 
1  learned  a  great  deal. 

Cast  from  the  French  University  Matrix 

I  found  out  that  the  University  was  modeled  upon  French 
universities,  but  with  little  regard  as  to  whether  the  French 
university  model  was  the  proper  one  for  Vietnamese  students. 
The  university  was  headed  by  a  Rector,  presumably  its  entire 
authority,  drawing  his  powers  from  the  Ministry  of  Educa- 
tion. Under  him  were  the  Deans,  each  heading  up  a  separate 
Faculty,  each  one  operating  in  almost  complete  independence 
of  the  others,  and  each  housed  in  a  separate  building  in  dif- 
ferent parts  of  the  city.  Admission  to  the  University  requires 
a  baccalaureate  degree,  granted  by  the  lycee.  It  takes  a  stu- 
dent through  what  we  call  a  junior-college  level  of  education. 
Students  in  the  University,  therefore,  are  about  the  level  of 
our  Juniors  and  Seniors  and  first-year  graduate  students. 

The  Faculty  of  Letters  where  I  did  most  of  my  teaching 
comes  closest  to  being  a  liberal  arts  college,  offering  courses 
in  various  literatures  and  the  social  sciences,  although  political 
science  is  taught  at  the  Faculty  of  Law.  Students  concentrate 
in  one  or  two  fields  of  study  at  a  time,  so  that  my  students 
were  taking  all  my  courses  at  once  and  had  to  sit  before  me 
nine  times  in  the  course  of  the  week.  These  students,  working 
for  what  was  called  the  certificate  in  American  literature  and 
civilization,  might  also  be  working  in  another  field — French, 
Vietnamese,  or  Chinese  literature,  for  example,  and  taking 
four  or  five  courses  simultaneously  in  this  field  so  that  a  num- 
ber of  students  were  doing  all  together  seven  or  eight  courses 
at  a  time. 

Most  striking  and  disturbing  to  me,  however,  was  the  lack 
of  contact  between  the  Deans  and  their  Faculties,  between 
the  various  professors  of  the  Faculties,  and  between  the  pro- 
fessors and  their  students.  There  were  no  Faculty  meetings, 
there  were  no  Faculty  committees,  there  was  no  common  con- 
tact whatever  among  the  professors.  We  never  got  together  to 
consider  what  we  were  doing,  to  ask  whether  we  were  doing 
the  right  thing,  to  inquire  what  our  educational  aims  might 
be,  to  exchange  ideas  with  one  another. 

My  colleagues  were  a  mixed  group:  Many  were  Vietnamese 
who  had   been  educated   in   France  and  were  proud  of  the 


17 


BY  THE  TIME  OF  THE  CHRISTMAS  PARTY,  the  students  had  become  friends  of  the  visiting  Americans. 


French  tradition  and  culture  they  had  assimilated.  Some 
seemed  so  French  as  to  be  expatriates  in  their  own  country. 
A  few  professors  were  Chinese  mandarins,  trained  in  the 
ancient  Confucian  tradition  of  Chinese  scholarship,  teaching 
Chinese  classics,  and  wearing  the  traditional  costume  of  round, 
flat  turban,  knee-length  black  tunic,  and  black  pantaloons. 
These  were  all  elderly  men.  I  think  the  tradition  which  pro- 
duced them  has  been  crushed  by  Red  China.  1  felt  that  I  was 
seeing  in  them  the  last  relics  of  a  vanishing  breed,  a  great 
piece  of  history  thinning  into  nothingness. 

A  number  of  my  colleagues  were  French,  part  of  the  French 
cultural  mission.  These  were  a  stiff,  standoffish  lot,  convinced 
of  the  superiority  of  French  culture  to  all  other  national 
cultures.  They  were  jealous  and  sensitive  about  their  presence 
and  prestige  in  Vietnam,  resentful  of  Americans  and  Amer- 
ica's rapidly  increasing  influence  in  Vietnam. 

Besides  the  French,  there  were  a  few  Englishmen  sent  out 
by  the  British  Council  of  Information,  a  reserved  but  friendly 
group,  and  a  scattering  of  New  Zealanders  and  Australians 
sent  to  Vietnam  by  SEATO.  There  were  two  other  American 
professors  besides  me:  a  professor  of  political  science  at  the 
Faculty  of  Law  and  a  professor  of  botany  at  the  Faculty  of 
Science. 

Friendly  as  I  came  to  be  with  a  number  of  my  colleagues, 
our  friendship  was  not  based  on  any  sense  of  our  working 
together  as  a  Faculty.  The  fact  that  we  were  working  within 
a  fixed  curriculum  and  a  rigid  educational  system,  bureau- 
cratically  controlled,  allowed  no  common  discussion  for 
changes  or  improvements  in  the  curriculum,  methods,  and 
aims  of  the  University.  Knowing  how  steadily  and  intimately 
concerned  the  Brown  Faculty  is  with  these  matters,  I  felt 
strongly  that  the  students  of  Saigon  were  losing  much.  The 


organization  of  the  University  did  not  allow  for  Faculty  par- 
ticipation in  its  business,  though  many  of  my  colleagues  were 
scholarly  and  impressively  intellectual  men. 

What  bothered  me  most,  however,  was  that  professors  and 
students  did  not  meet  at  all  outside  the  classroom.  No  pro- 
vision whatever  was  made  for  such  meetings — no  offices  for 
professors,  no  conference  rooms,  just  no  place  where  profes- 
sors and  students  could  sit  down  together.  Evidently,  it  was 
unthinkable  that  such  meetings  could  be  part  of  the  educa- 
tional process. 

A  Shock  for  the  American  Visitor 

I  should  mention  the  awe  in  which  professors  are  held  in 
Vietnam  and  the  respect  they  command.  When  I  entered  the 
classroom,  the  students  would  jump  to  their  feet  and  remain 
standing  until  I  had  taken  my  chair.  When  I  got  up  at  the  end 
of  the  lecture,  they  would  jump  to  their  feet  again  and  remain 
standing  until  I  left  the  room.  If  anything  like  this  happened 
to  me  in  an  American  university  classroom,  the  shock  would 
kill  me. 

Classroom  contact  in  Saigon  was  of  the  most  mechanical 
kind.  How  mechanical,  I  found  out  shortly  after  I  began  my 
lectures.  My  students,  in  the  most  painfully  shy,  polite,  and 
respectful  way,  let  me  know  that  I  was  talking  too  fast.  (With 
my  awareness  of  their  difficulties  in  English,  I  was  talking 
about  three  times  as  slowly  as  I  usually  do.)  Then  I  found  out 
that  the  difficulty  was  not  intellectual  but  physical:  They  un- 
derstood me  all  right,  but  they  couldn't  write  rapidly  enough 
to  take  down  every  single  word  I  spoke. 

This  mechanical  note-taking  I  found  was  the  established 
educational  mode  of  the  University — a  purely  mechanical 
recording  of  the  professor's  words,  with  the  expectation  that 


18 


BROWN   ALUMNI   MONTHLY 


they  would  be  returned  to  him  exactly  in  the  final  examina- 
tions. When  I  listened  in  on  some  of  my  French  and  Viet- 
namese colleagues,  I  realized  what  the  students  were  used  to: 
The  lectures  were  read  otf  in  a  slow  drone,  with  long  pauses 
between  phrases  and  sentences  so  that  the  word-for-\\  ord  note- 
takers  could  keep  up. 

The  Students  Deserved  Something  Better 

To  me,  the  lecturers  and  their  lectures  were  about  as  in- 
spiring as  soggy  pudding.  It  was  painful  to  think  that  my  stu- 
dents expected  me — wanted  me — to  dish  out  the  same.  This 
lecture  method  was  obviously  the  only  educational  method 
they  knew.  And  they  deserved  something  far,  far  better,  for 
these  Vietnamese  students  were  as  fine  a  group,  as  willing,  as 
sensitive,  as  intelligent,  as  mature  as  any  teacher  could  ask  for. 

Many  of  them  were  older  than  the  average  university  stu- 
dent in  the  United  States.  Many  had  been  among  the  million 
or  so  Vietnamese  who  in  1954  had  streamed  out  of  Com- 
munist North  Vietnam,  to  nationalist  South  Vietnam;  many  of 
them  were  separated  from  their  families,  who  had  remained 
in  the  North.  Some  had  fought  against  the  Communists,  some 
had  fought  for  them  and  been  disillusioned.  All  of  them  were 
patriots  in  the  best  sense  of  the  word,  politically  sophisticated 
and  alert  to  the  realities  of  world  politics.  All  of  them  were 
aware  of  their  involvement  and  their  country's  involvement  in 
the  fight  against  Communism. 

All  of  them  took  it  for  granted  that  I  was  equally  involved 
— that  I  was  in  Vietnam,  not  merely  as  an  academician,  but 
(in  the  best  sense  of  the  word)  a  politician.  Even  though  the 
State  Department  had  sent  me  out  as  a  private  citizen,  the 
mere  fact  that  it  had  sent  me  was  enough  to  convince  my  stu- 
dents that  I  was  an  official  representative  of  the  United  States. 
I  was,  they  believed,  as  directly  involved  in  the  war  as  any- 
body in  the  Embassy  or  the  U.S.  Military  Mission  working  in 
Vietnam. 

A  Fresh  Validity  for  Our  Writings 

And  they  were  right.  It  was  impossible  for  me  to  pretend 
that  I  was  an  individual  cut  off  by  my  profession  from  the 
turbulent  tide  of  life.  It  was  impossible  for  me  to  teach  them 
18th-century  American  literature — to  teach  them  the  ideas  of 
Tom  Paine  and  Washington,  of  Madison  and  Hamilton — and 
not  relate  the  ideas  of  the  American  18th-century  fight  for 
freedom  to  America's  continuing  fight  for  freedom  in  the  20th 
century.  I  could  not  teach  without  also  relating  both  to  Viet- 
nam's fight  for  freedom.  Both  countries,  as  I  had  no  need  to 
tell  my  Vietnamese  students,  had  thrown  off  an  oppressive 
colonialism;  both  were  involved  as  allies  in  the  20th-century 
struggle  against  totalitarianism. 

My  students  all  took  it  for  granted  that  I  was  in  Vietnam 
to  become  involved  in  this  struggle.  And  so,  indeed,  I  was. 
It  was  impossible  to  be  merely  an  onlooker,  merely  an  ob- 
server of  the  political  situation  in  Vietnam.  I  was  part  of  it. 
By  way  of  my  own  world,  the  world  of  the  humanities,  the 
world  of  ideas  and  values,  I  was  as  deeply  engaged  in  the 
struggle  as  any  of  my  American  compatriots  who  were  bring- 
ing the  world  of  technology  and  practical  services  into  Vietnam. 

Having  reached  this  conclusion  in  short  order,  I  asked 
myself  why  I  should  serve  up  the  world  of  ideas  and  values, 
the  world  of  the  humanities,  by  a  method  which  converted 
it  into  a  soggy  pudding. 

I  asked  other  people,  both  in  and  out  of  the  University, 
about  the  possibility  or  the  advisability  of  teaching  by  other 


methods.  They  warned  me  not  to  buck  the  system.  The  tra- 
dition of  teaching  in  the  University  was  a  combination  of  the 
Chinese  mandarin  and  French  scholarly  tradition.  Any  at- 
tempt to  change  it  would  be  foolhardy;  only  confusion  and 
misunderstanding  would  result. 

I  was  told  that  the  passivity  of  the  student  came  from  the 
tremendous  awe  accorded  to  the  professor.  His  word  was 
regarded  as  law  engraved  on  tablets  of  stone.  Moreover,  his 
responsibility  to  his  students  ended  when  he  had  uttered  the 
last  word  in  his  lecture.  If  he  condescended  to  allow  students 
to  ask  questions,  it  would  constitute  a  loss  of  face  for  him 
— still  a  very  serious  business  in  the  Orient.  If  he  permitted 
(let  alone,  encouraged)  the  students  to  discuss  in  the  classroom 
anything  he  had  said,  it  would  be  worse:  it  would  cost  him 
the  loss  of  his  students'  respect. 

This  reply  intimidated  me  for  a  time.  Then,  a  few  weeks 
after  I  had  begun  to  work  at  the  University  of  Saigon,  it  oc- 
curred to  me  that  it  was  better  to  lose  their  respect  and  really 
teach  them  something,  than  to  keep  their  respect  and  teach 
them  nothing.  It  also  struck  me  that  I  might  be  less  respectful 
of  the  Chinese  and  French  educational  traditions,  of  which 
I  knew  little  except  that  I  disliked  them.  If  I  were  more  re- 
spectful of  the  American  tradition,  which  I  liked  and  of  which 
I  knew  a  great  deal,  I  might  be  more  successful  as  a  teacher 
in  the  University  of  Saigon. 

At  this  point,  then,  I  gave  myself  a  swift  kick  in  the  pants 
and  began  to  do  the  job  that  I  was  sent  to  do.  It  was  not  only 
myself  that  I  began  truly  to  represent.  I  realized  that  I  was 
representative  of  my  own  University  at  home  and  of  its  educa- 
tional tradition. 

And  So  He  Made  the  Plunge 

Twelve  thousand  miles  away  from  Brown,  I  realized  how 
much  I  was  a  part  of  Brown  and  how  much  Brown  was  a  part 
of  me.  Indeed,  I  was  Brown  so  far  as  Saigon,  Vietnam,  Indo- 
China,  Southeast  Asia,  and  the  entire  Asiatic  mainland  was 
concerned,  since,  to  the  best  of  my  knowledge,  I  was  the  only 
Brown  professor  in  all  Asia.  That  was  a  lot  of  territory  for 
one  man  to  cover.  But,  so  long  as  I  was  there,  it  was  up  to 
me  to  cover  it,  as  adequately  as  I  could,  and  represent  Brown 
as  Brown  should  be  represented — as,  indeed,  it  was  both  my 
desire  and  duty  to  represent  her. 

I  do  not  think  I  need  to  spell  out  Brown's  educational  sys- 
tem to  you.  It's  enough  to  say  that,  while  Brown  still  finds  the 
lecture  method  useful,  the  whole  bent  of  our  instruction  and 
our  methods  is  to  get  the  student  onto  his  own  intellectual  two  feet. 

The  goal  of  our  teaching  is  to  help  the  student  to  think 
for  himself.  This,  I  need  hardly  remind  you,  is  one  of  the 
fixed  stars  that  American  democracy  steers  by.  To  this  goal 
we  run  our  Freshman-Sophomore  IC  Courses,  with  their  spe- 
cial emphasis  upon  classroom  discussion  and  debate.  To  this 
goal  we  offer  our  University  Courses,  with  their  focus  upon 
the  grand  ideas  that  underlie  all  the  disciplines  of  study;  our 
undergraduate  courses  with  their  focus  upon  student  research; 
our  courses  of  independent  study,  in  which  the  undergraduate 
is  free  to  study  a  subject  practically  all  on  his  own. 

In  more  than  30  years  at  Brown,  I  have  taught  and  continue 
to  teach  in  this  variety  of  ways.  They  represent  not  only  my 
experience  and  judgment  but  the  accumulated  judgment  and 
the  condensed  experience  of  the  Brown  Faculty  and  the 
Brown  Administration.  This  Brown  tradition  is  an  expression 
of  my  own  educational  faith.  I  felt  I  was  duty-bound  to  teach 
this,  and  I  did. 


NOVEMBER    1961 


19 


I  refused  to  dictate  my  lectures — in  fact,  I  left  my  lectures 
at  home.  I  talked  informally  and  nearly  as  rapidly  as  I  do  at 
home.  1  forbade  my  students  to  write,  commanding  them  to 
listen.  I  kept  exhorting,  urging,  beseeching  them  not  to  be- 
lieve me  but  to  ask  questions  and  start  arguments. 

The  First  of  Many  Happy  Days 

It  was  the  American  Revolution.  They  were  stricken  ab- 
solutely dumb  by  what  I  was  doing.  They  sat  appalled  and 
troubled.  And  I  stood  appalled  and  troubled  by  what  I  had 
done.  And  then,  one  day,  a  hand  (a  hand  I  could  have  kissed) 
went  up  in  the  back  of  the  classroom.  A  voice  timidly  asked 
a  question,  and  I  knew  I  had  it  made.  A  happy  day  for  me. 

Thereafter  my  classes  became  Brown  classes — questions, 
discussion,  debate,  free  expression  and  exchange  of  opinion. 


I  was  home  again. 

As  for  my  students,  not  only  did  they  respond  to  the  Amer- 
ican professor  and  his  ways,  they  started  coming  to  his  house, 
they  drank  up  his  Coca-Cola  (yes,  there  was  a  bottling  plant 
in  Saigon),  and  ate  up  all  his  American  cookies.  Best  of  all, 
they  ate  up  the  free  exchange  of  ideas  between  professor  and 
student.  They  came  and  sang  their  folksongs  and  taught  us 
Vietnamese  phrases  and  took  us  to  their  pagodas  and  temples 
and  told  us  where  the  shopping  bargains  were.  In  short,  we 
arrived  at  a  true  alliance  of  American  and  Vietnam,  the 
alliance  that  between  person  and  person  we  call  friendship. 

All  my  doubts  about  going  to  Vietnam  were  finally  re- 
solved. I  forgave  the  U.S.  Government  for  spending  its  money 
on  me,  and  I  forgave  myself  for  leaving  Brown.  Now  that  I'm 
back,  I  think  I'll  stick  around.  I  like  it  here. 


THE  FARRINGTONS  came  up  from  New  Jersey  to  spend  the  October  Porents'  Day  with  their  Freshman  son. 

20 


BROWN   ALUMNI    MONTHLY 


Yardsticks  and 
the  Class  of  1965 

By  ERIC  BRO^VN  \58 

Adm  issiou  Officer 


ow  GOOD  do  my  grades  have  to  be?  Are  outside  activities 
important?  What  kind  of  an  applicant  are  you  looking 


H 

for? 

Do  these  questions  have  a  familiar  ring  to  you,  the  alum- 
nus? Probably,  for  they  have  been  asked  ever  since  Brown 
initiated  a  selective  admission  policy;  they  were  asked  by  those 
applying  for  the  Class  of  1965,  and  they  will  be  asked  by 
future  generations  of  potential  Brown  Freshmen.  Are  there 
specific  answers  to  these  questions?  Were  we  able  to  set  up  a 
distinct  formula,  a  pattern  into  which  each  Freshman  of  the 
Class  of  1965  had  to  fit  before  he  was  accepted?  No,  and  to 
do  so  would  be  impossible.  An  attempt  to  fit  all  the  accepted 
candidates  into  a  mold  would  require  a  shapeless  rubber  casting 
which  expands  and  contracts  with  every  talent  and  ability  that 
the  Class  of  1965  possesses. 

How  then  can  we  answer  these  questions?  Statistics  them- 
selves are  too  specific  and  tend  to  sacrifice  individuality  for 
an  impersonal  picture  of  the  whole,  but  they  may  help  us  in 
gaining  a  better  understanding  of  this  year's  Class. 

Hoic  good  do  my  grades  have  to  he?  Academic  ability  is 
the  key  factor  in  college  admission.  This  year  the  median 
secondary  school  class  rank  for  the  entering  Freshmen 
reached  the  90th  percentile,  a  new  high.  Brought  about  by  an 
increase  in  applications  (2.5  per  place  25  years  ago;  5.3  this 
year),  this  record  class  median  does  not  mean  automatic  ac- 
ceptance for  an  individual  above  this  level,  nor  does  it  mean 
that  a  student  below  the  top  10th  of  his  class  will  not  be  ac- 
cepted. It  is  merely  a  statistic  which  gives  us  an  indication  of 
the  academic  strength  contained  within  this  new  and  still 
untried  class. 

Before  making  comparisons,  of  course,  one  should  know 
that  there  were  395  Freshmen  who  entered  Brown  in  1936, 
as  compared  with  651  this  September.  The  1936  group  was 
chosen  from  1024  applicants;  the  1961  group  from  3378. 

Here  are  the  activities  they  reported  in  1961  (with  the  1936 
counterpart  in  parentheses):  Athletics  553  (297);  Team  Cap- 
tains 32  (1936  figure  not  available).  Band  88  (32).  Boy 
Scouts  196  (146).  Class  Presidents  41  (41);  Other  Officers 
39  (37).  Student  Council  182  (58).  Debating  71  (54).  Dra- 
matics 91  (136).  Glee  Club  and  Chorus  78  (69).  Orchestra 
49  (51).  Publications  328  (170). 

What  kind  of  an  applicant  are  you  looking  for?  The  con- 
tinually growing  strength  of  the  University,  the  even  larger 
number  of  interested  alumni,  and  the  improvements  in  trans- 
portation and  communication  have  not  only  attracted  a 
greater  number  of  applications  within  the  last  25  years  but 
also  have  increased  the  geographical  distribution  of  the  en- 
tering Classes. 

Thirty-four  per  cent  of  the  Freshmen  who  entered  Brown 
in  1936  did  so  from  Rhode  Island;  this  full  only  11.8%  were 


TWO  FRESHMEN  on  their  orientation  visit  to  the  John  Hay  Library. 


Rhode  Islanders.  The  Massachusetts  delegation  did  not  vary 
substantially  in  its  ratio:  19%  in  1936,  18%  in  1961.  New 
Yorkers,  16.5%  in  1936,  accounted  for  20.9%  in  1961. 
Other  States  with  delegations  of  sufficient  size  to  be  noted 
individually  were:  New  Jersey  with  12.6%  (9%  in  1936); 
Pennsylvania  with  8.2%  (3%  in  1936);  and  Connecticut  with 
6.6%  (6%  in  1936).  Three  other  New  England  States  to- 
gether accounted  for  1.7%  of  the  1961  Freshmen  (1%  in 
1936).  Regional  changes  are  more  marked:  the  West  and 
Middle  West  sent  11.5%  of  the  Class  this  fall  (9%  in  1936); 
the  South  sent  7.7%  (2%  in  1936).  The  percentage  of  Fresh- 
men from  other  countries  rose  from  .5%  in  1936  to  .9%  in 
1961. 

In  spite  of  the  increasing  geographical  spread  we  still  must 
ask  the  same  questions.  Is  this  boy  gifted  with  high  academic 
ability?  Does  he  show  a  diversification  or  specialization  of 
interests  which  will  make  him  a  strong  contributor  to  one  or 
more  of  the  many  streams  that  combine  to  make  the  under- 
graduate body  at  Brown  a  varied  as  well  as  a  strong  one? 

The  Class  of  1965  has  now  answered  some  of  the  questions 
which  its  members  posed  as  secondary  school  seniors.  Con- 
tained within  its  ranks  are  scholars,  athletes,  student  leaders, 
and  even  an  accomplished  player  of  the  bagpipes.  It  has  the 
potential  to  become  one  of  the  great  Classes  in  Brown  History. 

The  efficiency  with  which  this  conversion  from  potential  to 
kinetic  energy  will  transpire  cannot  be  measured  in  a  few 
short  months.  Only  the  distant  future  can  tell  us  whether  or 
not  this  is  the  best  class  yet. 


NOVEMBER    1961 


JUST  OFF  Fifth  Avenue  in  midtown  Manhattan,  a  big 
Brown  "B"  on  a  field  of  white  now  flutters  in  front  of 
Four  West  43rd  Street.  It  indicates  the  new  location  of  the 
93-year-old  Brown  University  Club  in  New  York.  The  em- 
blem was  moved  from  Park  Avenue  and  39th  Street  just  prior 
to  the  razing  of  the  Princeton  Clubhouse,  where  Brown  had 
enjoyed  so  many  years  of  hospitality;  now  it  is  in  place  before 
the  Columbia  University  Club. 

One  cordial  Ivy  League  host  has  thus  replaced  another,  and 
its  clubhouse  becomes  the  new  stronghold  of  Brunonian  activ- 
ity in  the  metropolitan  New  York  area.  But  the  substitution 
is  only  a  minor  aspect  of  the  metamorphosis  resulting  from 
the  move  to  the  seven-story  Columbia  Club. 

First  and  foremost,  "identity"  has  been  achieved  to  an  ex- 
tent not  possible  in  recent  years.  Contributing  here  has  been 
the  creation  of  a  separate  Brown  Club  lounge  and  office  on 
the  second  floor.  In  addition  to  the  distinctive  Bruin  accoutre- 
ments, members  have  full  use  of  all  Columbia  Club  conven- 
iences, including  vastly  expanded  dining  facilities  and  an  ex- 
tensive athletic  department.  Another  feature  is  a  tastefully 
decorated  and  commodious  Ladies  Lounge  and  dining  room 
on  the  third  floor. 

The  Search  for  a  New  Home 

Selection  of  the  new  location  was  determined  only  after  an 
exhaustive  survey  of  the  mid-Manhattan  district  by  a  special 
Brown  Club  committee  composed  of  Past  Presidents,  real 
estate  specialists,  and  legal  advisers.  The  ultimate  decision 
was  to  accept  the  invitation  of  the  Columbia  Club  for  a 
minimum  period  of  two  years.  It  was  predicated  upon  the 
caliber  of  the  accommodations,  the  accessibility  of  the  loca- 
tion (equidistant  from  Grand  Central  terminal  and  Times 
Square),  and  the  opportunity  to  develop  the  physical  char- 
acter of  the  Brown  Club  into  one  of  the  foremost  college  clubs 
in  New  York  City. 

Other  factors  were  the  available  camaraderie  of  members 
of  two  other  college  clubs  under  the  same  roof,  in  addition 


Over  this  hospitable  entrance 


There's  a  new  banner  on  43rd  street 


PROUDLY  "at  home"  in  its  new  headquarters,  the 
Brown  University  Club  in  New  York  has  begun  a 
new  era,  hinted  at  in  this  article  by  its  President.  One 
point  is,  however,  not  covered  in  his  narrative:  his 
own  considerable  leadership  in  the  quest,  transition, 
and  successes  of  the  recent  months  of  transfer.  We 
can  report,  as  lie  did  not,  the  gratitude  of  the  Clul) 
and  the  University  for  his  part  in  all  that  has  hap- 
pened. 


Bv  ROBERT  V.  CRONAN  '31 


to  the  host  Columbia  Club  the  Colgate  Club  has  been  and 
remains  a  tenant.  Friendly  relations  with  the  Princeton  Club 
also  continue,  for  it  shares  the  Clubhouse  pending  construc- 
tion of  a  new  building  of  its  own  directly  opposite,  adjoining 
the  Century  Club. 

For  designing  and  decorating  the  new  quarters,  the  Brown 
Club  was  twice  blessed  in  having  among  its  members  Charles 
E.  Hughes  "37,  A.I.A.,  and  Ward  H.  Jackson  '32,  A.I.D.,  a 
distinguished  combine  of  architect  and  decorator.  The  ob- 
jectives and  budget  provided  them  were  a  far  cry  from  those 
of  the  predecessors  who,  at  the  turn  of  the  century,  equipped 
a  Brown  headquarters  out  of  a  total  appropriation  of  $826.56. 
Among  items  in  that  expenditure  were  a  seal  on  the  door, 
"games  from  R.  H.  Macy  &  Co.,"  and  four  spittoons. 


22 


BROWN   ALUMNI   MONTHLY 


What  Hughes  and  Jackson  have  achieved  is  in  harmony 
with  the  architectural  style  and  atmosphere  of  the  Columbia 
Club's  stately  Renaissance  structure.  Within  its  rectilinear 
boundaries  they  have  created  a  peaceful  oasis  defiantly  inde- 
pendent of  the  surrounding  market-place  racket  of  Manhat- 
tan. As  Jackson  sums  it  up:  "In  achieving  Brown  identity  we 
were  fortunate  to  have  the  University's  color  scheme  of  rich, 
warm  brown;  soft,  creamy  white;  and  vibrant  red.  We  have 
accented  this  trilogy  of  color  with  shiny  black  and  polished 
brass.  We  hope  that  the  resulting  effect  will  suggest  Brown  to 
our  members  and  their  guests. 

"A  seal  of  the  University,  handcarved  in  wood  and  em- 
bellished with  gilt  and  color,  is  quite  the  most  important  dec- 
oration in  the  room.  It  is  the  work  of  an  Old  World  craftsman 
and  reminiscent  of  the  skills  of  heraldry  and  wood-carving  so 
important  in  the  time  of  Brown's  founding." 

The  Bruin  lares  and  penates  are  now  housed  in  an  amalgam 
of  the  traditional  and  the  modern.  "Our  University",  contin- 
ues Jackson,  "belongs  both  to  the  past  and  to  the  future;  the 
furnishings  of  the  Brown  Lounge  include  excellent  antiques 
and  sound  examples  of  contemporary  design.  We  have  tried 
to  blend  them  harmoniously  in  form,  color,  and  texture  so 
that  the  room  will  reflect  both  heritage  and  today's  creative 
thinking." 

The  resulting  union  of  elegance  and  efficiency  contains  the 
basic  fundamentals.  Still  to  be  selected  by  an  objet  d'art  com- 
mittee headed  by  Lyman  G.  Bloomingdale  '35  are  the  miscel- 
lany. In  the  words  of  decorator  Jackson,  "The  concept  of  taste 
and  high  standards  associated  with  our  Alma  Mater  makes  it 
essential  that  quality  materials  and  deft  workmanship  be  in- 
herent in  every  object  displayed  in  the  Brown  Lounge".  As  a 
starter,  the  walls  of  the  room  have  been  embellished  with  a 
distinguished  early  print  of  Providence  made  in  1849  and  an 
early  French  map  of  Providence,  both  of  which  happily  show 
the  location  of  the  University  buildings. 

Nearly  a  Century  of  Leadership 

Ever  since  1869,  soon  after  the  Civil  War,  there  has  been 
an  organization  of  Brown  men  in  New  York  City.  The  origi- 
nal Association  of  the  Alumni  of  Brown  University  in  New 
York  was  superseded  in  1883  by  the  still  lively  Brown  Uni- 
versity Club  in  New  York.  Its  constitution,  incorporation,  and 
current  physical  structure  all  bear  the  imprint  of  an  illustrious 
Brown  name:  Charles  E.  Hughes  '81,  President  1897-99, 
Charles  E.  Hughes,  Jr.  '09,  President  1920-21,  and  Charles 
E.  Hughes,  3rd,  '37,  President  1957-59  and  architect  and  co- 
designer  of  the  new  Club  quarters.  In  the  interim  the  number 
of  Bruin  graduates  in  the  New  York  area  has  expanded  from 
several  hundred  to  between  3,000  and  4,000. 

In  a  city  of  constant  change,  it  is  noteworthy  that  the  new 
location  is  not  far  from  those  of  three  former  Brown  Clubs. 
Suites  were  maintained  from  1903  to  1910  at  12  West  44th 
Street  and  from  1910  to  1919  at  44  West  44th  Street,  in  two 
hotels  still  in  operation.  From  1922  through  1928  the  Brown 
Club  was  the  proud  possessor  of  its  own  "brownstone"  at  1 19 
East  39th  Street.  Between  1929  and  the  1932  coalition  with 
the  Princeton  Club,  Bruin  headquarters  were  in  the  Went- 
worth  Hotel  on  West  48th  Street. 

The  last  three  decades  of  growth  on  Murray  Hill  were 
studded  with  contributions  of  Bruin  alumni  anxious  to  ad- 
vance the  best  interests  of  their  University  and  to  provide 
quarters   which   recalled   "the   happiest    moments   of  youth's 


fleeting  hours"  at  Brown.  Name  dropping  is  inappropriate  as 
the  Brown  Club  looks  ahead,  but  mention  must  be  made  of 
several  whose  herculean  efforts  during  the  trying  Depression, 
World  War  II  years,  and  the  post-war  brouhaha  were  re- 
sponsible for  the  present  pre-eminence  of  the  organization. 

Reorganization  of  the  Club  in  1932  was  under  the  aegis 
of  Hoey  Hennessey  '12,  Jeflfrey  S.  Granger  '13,  Philip  A. 
Lukin  '24,  Hugh  W.  MacNair  '17,  the  late  Dennis  F.  O'Brien 
"98,  and  Ralph  M.  Palmer  '10  among  others.  Thereafter,  it 
was  largely  through  the  accomplishments  of  Dr.  W.  Randolph 
Burgess  '12,  the  late  Joseph  F.  Halloran  '16,  Hunter  S.  Mar- 
ston  '08,  C.  Douglas  Mercer  '06,  and  Donald  C.  Miller  '19 
that  the  struggling  organization  did  not  flounder.  In  the  ex- 
pansive post-wars  years  the  counsel  and  guidance  of  the  fol- 
lowing were  indispensable:  Gerald  Donovan  '12,  Charles  H. 
Huggins  '19,  James  Jemail  "18,  the  late  Rowland  R.  Hughes 
'17,  Robert  C.  Litchfield  '23,  Donald  V.  Reed  '35,  Frederick 
H.  Rohlfs  '26,  Allen  B.  Sikes  '24,  Edward  Sulzberger  '29,  and 
Charles  C.  Tillinghast,  Jr.  '32. 

The  successes  of  these  titular  leaders  in  pushing  the  New 
York  Bruin  coterie  to  numerical  heights  were  aided  and 
abetted  by  a  series  of  Executive  Secretaries,  two  of  whom 
stand  out  in  retrospect  as  nonpareils:  Joseph  A.  O'Neil  '31 
(1932-37)  and  Newton  C.  Chase  '06  (1942-44). 

What  the  Neiv  Club  Has  To  Offer 

The  new  Clubhouse  has  a  glow  to  match  the  retained  mem- 
ories of  days  on  the  Hill  and  an  atmosphere  of  vivid  aliveness. 
The  accommodations  are  varied  and  plentiful  enough  to  sat- 
isfy resident  and  non-resident  members  alike:  a  complement 
of  three  restaurants  and  bars,  several  private  dining  rooms, 
four  squash  courts,  barbers  and  a  masseur,  and  card  and  ex- 
ercise rooms.  Of  particular  interest  to  out-of-town  members 
are  the  bedrooms,  many  of  them  available  on  a  transient  basis, 
and  a  full  selection  of  current  Brown  and  Providence  publi- 
cations. 

The  present  Brown  Club  roster  of  approximately  700  mem- 
bers is  olTered  a  comprehensive  social  program  and  a  schedule 
of  squash,  bridge,  and  golf  tournaments.  There  is  an  I8-man 
Board  of  Governors  and  the  following  officers  in  addition  to 
the  President;  Robert  G.  Berry  '44  and  Monroe  E.  Hemmer- 
dinger  '37,  Vice-Presidents;  J.  McCall  Hughes  '33,  Secretary; 
and  Harvey  M.  Spear  '42,  Treasurer. 

The  Board  of  Governors  includes  the  following:  Terms  ex- 
piring in  1962 — Robert  M.  Golrick  '47,  Herbert  M.  Iselin 
'42,  John  E.  Liebmann  '41,  William  H.  Lyon,  Jr.,  '29,  Win- 
throp  R.  Munyon  '42,  and  Arthur  R.  Thebado  '51.  Terms 
expiring  in  1963 — Lyman  G.  Bloomingdale  '35,  John  E. 
Flemming  '33,  Charles  E.  Hughes  '37,  Joseph  A.  O'Neil  '31, 
Ralph  C.  Tanner  '36,  and  Edward  Sulzberger  '29.  Terms  ex- 
piring in  1964 — John  L.  Danforth  '52,  Edward  Necarsulmer 
'33,  Donald  V.  Reed  '35,  Herbert  I.  Silverson  '31,  Weston  M. 
Stuart  '27,  and  John  F.  Wilson  "44. 

An  ebullient  Executive  Secretary,  Christine  M.  Dunlap 
(  Pembroke  '48),  is  in  her  third  year  as  the  group's  vital  spark- 
plug. She  supervises  a  full  calendar  of  engagements  and  reser- 
vations. At  the  present  time  she  is  working  overtime  processing 
membership  applications  from  local  and  distant  Brunonians 
interested  in  being  affiliated  with  an  organization  which, 
among  other  things,  "will  spruce  up  their  obituaries  a  bit". 

"Show-Off  Dinners"  for  Classes  and  other  smaller  groups 
have  been   arranged,   but  most  members   didn't  wait  to  get 


NOVEMBER   1961 


23 


acquainted  with  their  new  privileges.  "They'll  prove  a  re- 
vitaminizing  experience.""  said  a  September  mailing  piece  to 
the  members,  which  added:  "And  remember,  the  Club  is  but 
339  steps  (three  minutes  and  10  seconds)  from  Grand  Cen- 
tral and  491  steps  (four  minutes  and  40  seconds)  from  Times 
Square."" 

Inquiries  may  be  addressed  to  The  Secretary,  Brown  Uni- 
versity Club,  4  West  43rd  Street,  New  York  36.  N.  Y. 


TRANSIENT  ACCOMMODATIONS 

are  available  for  members  and  their 

guests.  There  are  65  tastefully 

decorated  single  rooms  and  suites, 

many  of  which  are  air-cond'tioned. 


MAIN  DINING  ROOM  in  the  formal  manner  is  two  stories  high,  offering  on  atmosphere  of  friendly  elegance. 


ENTRANCE  FOYER  and  ground-floor  lounge.  The  stairway  in  the  rear  provides  direct  access  to  the  Brown   Club. 


ASSEMBLY  LOUNGE,  adjocent  lo 
the  Brown  Club  quarters,  offers 
a  sumptuous  modern  setting  for 
larger  receptions  and  other  events. 


NOVEMBER    1961 


25 


A  new  setting  for 
the  Brown  Club 
in  New  York  City 

Photos  by  Ross 


MEN'S  GRILL  and  panelled 
dining   room  adjoining  the 
Brown  Club  is  dedicated 
to  the  unobtrusive  service 
of  the  finest  of  foods. 


CAFE  PETITE  adjoining 

the  Ladies  Lounge  is  another 

air-conditioned  alcove. 


LADIES  LOUNGE  has  its  own 
elevator  and  is  complemented 
by  its  own  dining  room. 


26 


BROWN   ALUMNI   MONTHLY 


After  the  Harvard  Game 

THE  FOURTH  ANNUAL  social  get-together 
following  the  Harvard  game  will  be 
held  this  year  on  Nov.  18  from  4  to  7  p.m. 
in  Carey  Cage,  a  building  situated  directly 
behind  the  open  end  of  the  Stadium  at 
Soldiers'  Field.  Chairman  John  F.  Pren- 
dergast  '49  expects  close  to  800  Brown 
men  and  their  guests  to  show  up  for  the 
affair. 

In  past  years,  the  post-game  party  was 
held  at  one  of  the  hotels  near  the  Square. 
However,  Harvard  Alumni  Secretary  Peter 
D.  Shultz  suggested  the  use  of  Carey  Cage, 
a  much  more  convenient  location,  and  his 
offer  was  gratefully  accepted  by  the  Boston 
Brown  Club  officials.  Complete  bar  facil- 
ities have  been  arranged.  Club  President 
Frederick  Bloom  '40,  a  man  who  leaves 
no  stones  unturned,  has  even  assigned  one 
of  the  Club  members,  Joe  Lockett  '42,  to 
assist  Coach  John  McLaughry  plan  a  vic- 
tory over  the  Crimson  so  that  the  day  will 
be  a  complete  success. 

Rhode  Lslaiid  Skaters 
The  Brown  Club  of  Rhode  Island  Skat- 
ing Association,  which  was  organized  last 
June,  had  130  Family  and  20  Individual 
memberships  as  of  Oct.  1.  During  the  sum- 
mer, all  alumni  in  Rhode  Island  and 
nearby  Massachusetts  and  Connecticut 
were  informed  of  the  Club's  plans  to  form 
a  Skating  Association  and  use  the  skating 
rink  in  the  Meehan  Auditorium  on  Friday 
evenings  and  Sunday  afternoons  from  Oc- 
tober through  April.  Ray  Noonan  '36  is 
Chairman  of  the  Association,  and  he  is 
assisted  by  Dick  Pretat  '45,  Ed  Kiely  '50, 
and  Brown  Club  President,  Don  Campbell 
'45. 

The  Club  again  sponsored  the  Football- 
Clambake-Scrimmage,  which  was  held 
Sept.  15.  Lunch  and  refreshments  were 
served  at  Marvel  Gym  at  noon,  and  Coach 
John  McLaughry's  Bruins  took  on  Con- 
necticut at  2:30,  in  a  driving  rain  storm. 
Despite  the  bad  weather,  200  Club  mem- 
bers, sportswriters,  radio  and  TV  sports- 
casters,  and  coaches  attended.  This  event 
continues  to  be  one  of  the  Club's  most 
popular  attractions. 

Once  again,  the  Club  pitched  its  tent  on 
Sept.  30  and  sponsored  the  pre-game  lunch 
on  the  old  Aldrich  Field.  A  good  crowd 
was  on  hand  to  enjoy  the  fine  weather  and 
association  with  other  Brown  men  before 
the  Columbia  game.  Working  in  conjunc- 
tion with  the  Homecoming  Committee,  the 
Club  planned  another  big  affair  for  Al- 
drich-Dexter  on  Nov.  4,  prior  to  the  meet- 
ing between  the  Tiger  and  the  Bear. 

RAY  NOONAN   '36 

Weekly  Luncheons  in  Chicago 

Slxty  members  of  the  Chicago  Brown 
Club  showed  up  for  the  annual  Send-Off 
Luncheon,  which  turned  out  to  be  a  gala 
affair,  even  though  our  featured  speaker. 
Governor  Otto  Kerner  '30,  was  prevented 
from  attending  due  to  a  death  in  the  fam- 
ily. Elmer  T.  Stevens  '04  carried  the  ball 
for  the  Governor  and  did  a  fine  job,  as 
always.  He  was  introduced  in  grand  style 


The  Brown  Clubs  Report 


AT  WORCESTER'S  SUBFRESHMAN   DINNER:   Left  to  right-Provost  Zenos  R.   Bliss  '18,   Bruce   Longdon 

'65,  and  John  J.  Pletro,  Jr.,  '52,  President  of  the  Worcester  County  Brown  Club.  Longdon  was  presented 

OS  recipient  of  the  Club's  Scholarship  Award  this  year.  (Telegram-Gazette  photo) 


by  a  man  who  bows  to  none  in  the  art  of 
introducing  a  speaker.  Jack  Monk  '24. 

One  of  the  high  points  of  the  affair  was 
the  talk  to  the  first-year  men  by  Dave  Mc- 
Kendall  '54,  a  teacher  at  New  Trier  Town- 
ship High.  This  was  one  of  the  finest  talks 
of  its  type  most  of  the  Chicagoans  had 
ever  heard.  Club  President  Norm  Pierce 
'33,  who  did  a  great  job  of  organizing  the 
luncheon,  presided  and  kept  the  program 
moving. 

The  Club  has  revived  its  policy  of  hold- 
ing weekly  luncheons  throughout  the  aca- 
demic year.  The  day  is  Friday,  the  place  is 
Stouffer's  Restaurant  at  26  Madison  St., 
and  the  time  is  12  noon.  All  Brown  men 
are  welcome  each  week. 

A  New  Slate  for  Worcester 

Everett  F.  Greenleaf  '41,  Manager  of 
the  Claims  Department  of  State  Mutual 
Life  Assurance  Co.,  has  been  elected  Pres- 
ident of  the  Worcester  County  Brown  Club. 
Other  officers:  Vice-President — Howard 
Greis  '48;  Recording  Secretary — Les  Goff 
'22;  Corresponding  Secretary — Robert  Siff 
'48;  Treasurer — Dick  Nourie  '55.  The  Ad- 
missions Committee  Chairman  is  John  J. 
Pietro,  Jr.,  '52,  the  Program  Chairman  is 
Ken  Brown  '47,  while  Siff  heads  the  Schol- 
arship Committee.  Ed  Golrick  '47  headed 
the  nominating  committee. 

Provost  Zenas  R.  Bliss  '18  was  the  fea- 
tured speaker  Sept.  7  at  the  annual  Sub- 
Freshman  Dinner,  held  this  year  at  the 
Franklin   Manor  in   West   Boylston.    Presi- 


dent Greenleaf  was  Dinner  Chairman,  as- 
sisted by  Brown  and  Nourie.  Outgoing 
President  Pietro  presided  at  the  affair.  The 
annual  Worcester  County  Brown  Club 
Scholarship  was  awarded  by  Provost  Bliss 
to  Bruce  Langdon  from  Grafton,  Mass. 

ROBERT  M.  SIFF  '48 

Student  Send-Off  in  Cleveland 

The  fourth  annual  Oflf-To-College  Pic- 
nic was  held  in  September  as  16  members 
of  the  Cleveland  Brown  Club  joined  with 
13  Sub-Freshmen  at  Roger  Young's  Daisy 
Hill  home.  Snacks  and  refreshments  were 
served  prior  to  the  traditional  volley  ball 
game  between  the  alumni  and  the  under- 
grads.  Traditionally,  the  alumni  won.  At 
least,  since  we're  making  out  this  report, 
that's  the  way  it's  going  in  the  records! 

TED  SELOVER  '52 

For  New  Students  from  Washington 

The  Washington  Brown  Club  held  its 
annual  Send-Off  Luncheon  for  entering 
Freshmen  on  Sept.  6  at  the  Presidential 
Arms.  Twenty  of  the  23  entering  boys 
from  the  area  were  on  hand  for  the  excel- 
lent lunch  and  the  words  of  wisdom 
handed  down  from  Club  President  Paul 
McGann  '38.  Several  proud  parents  accom- 
panied their  sons,  including  three  alumni 
— Franklin  P.  Huddle  '35,  Maurice  Moun- 
tain '48,  and  Carl  Soresi  '39.  Presiding  at 
the  affair  was  Allen  S.  Nanes  '41,  Chair- 
man of  the  Club's  Admissions  Committee. 


NOVEMBER   1961 


27 


Alumni  with 
Freshman  Sons 


EACH  FALL,  we  run  a  picture  of  the  entering 
Freshmen  who  are  sons  of  Brown  men.  Despite  o 
hectic  Freshman  Week  schedule,  all  but  11  of 
the  70  first-year  men  were  on  hand  for  the  1961 
group  photo.  We  share  the  disappointment  of 
the  absentees'  fathers. 

Those  present,  all  Class  of  1965:  Front  row, 
left  to  right — Pomionsky,  Lonpher,  Pearson, 
Pearce,  Young,  Rieset,  Shobica,  Fuller.  2nd  row 
— Walsh,  Tillman,  Virgodamo,  Peck,  Hodge, 
Belluche,  S.  Armstrong,  Dyer.  3rd  row— Scott, 
Butler,  Huddle,  Lynn,  Sproul,  Connor,  O'Neill, 
Fancher,  Colby,  Hocker.  4th  row — Nolan,  Kreitler, 
Bliss,  D.  Brown,  G.  Brown,  Thomas,  Benson, 
Sanderson,  Korn,  Gagnon.  5th  row — E.  Arm- 
strong, Thompson,  Newell,  Formidoni,  Clarke, 
LJpper,  Lukens,  Carton,  Snow,  W.  Brown,  Nut- 
ting, Read.  6th  row — Bloke,  Hull,  Newton,  Worces- 
ter, Staff,  Jerrett,  Mountain,  Havener,  Richmond, 
Goodman,  Soresi. 


Father's  Name 

Class 

Home  Town 

Son's  Name 

Henry  C.  Lanpher 

1919 

Alexandria,  Va. 

E.  Gibson  Lanpher 

Allan  B.  Colby 

1921 

Hudson,  N.  Y. 

Allan  O.  Colby 

John  A.  O'Neill 

1922 

Pawtucket 

James  L.  O'Neill 

Edward  L.  Lynn 

1923 

Mountain  Home,  N.  C. 

Joel  J.  Lynn 

Carlton  H.  Bliss 

1924 

N.  Attleboro,  Mass. 

Robert  C.  Bliss 

John  R.  Lyman 

1924 

University  City,  Mo. 

C.  Dickey  Dyer 

Joseph  Goodman 

1925 

Providence 

Alan  R.  Goodman 

Isador  Korn 

1927 

Providence 

Saul  B.  Korn 

Paul  H.  Hodge 

1928 

E.  Providence 

Paul  D.  Hodge 

Louis  Pomiansky 

1928 

Providence 

Wayne  E.  Pomiansky 

Roland  Formidoni 

1929 

Trenton,  N.  J. 

Ronald  R.  Formidoni 

John  E.  Gagnon 

1929 

Wellesley  Hills,  Mass. 

John  S.  Gagnon 

John  H.  Pearson 

1929 

Glen  Rock,  N.  J. 

Donald  D.  Pearson 

Robert  V.  Carton 

1930 

Asbury  Park,  N.  J. 

Jeffrey  H.  Carton 

Charles  R.  Blake 

1930 

Riverside,  R.  I. 

Charles  A.  Blake 

George  C.  Nutting 

1930 

Abington,  Pa. 

David  F.  Nutting 

Arthur  R.  Sanborn 

1930 

Narberth,  Pa. 

Richard  E.  Sanborn 

Robert  R.  Sproul 

1930 

Longmeadow,  Mass. 

William  D.  Sproul 

J.  Angus  Thurrott 

1930 

Huntington  Valley,  Pa. 

James  A.  McCormick 

Henry  B.  Tillman 

1930 

Springfield,  Mass. 

Stephen  J.  Tillman 

Cory  Snow 

1931 

Rumford,  R.  L 

William  C.  Snow 

C.  D.  Soresi 

1931 

McLean,  Va. 

Carl  D.  Soresi 

Hugh  S.  Butler* 

1932 

Darien.  Conn. 

Hugh  S.  Butler,  Jr. 

T.  Dexter  Clarke 

1932 

E.  Greenwich,  R.  L 

David  A.  Clarke 

Thomas  Eccleston,  Jr. 

1932 

Pascoag,  R.  I. 

Donald  L.  Eccleston 

Paul  W.  Havener 

1932 

Chappaqua,  N.  Y. 

W.  Jeffrey  Havejier 

Robert  L.  Sanderson 

1932 

E.  Providence,  R.  I. 

David  W.  Sanderson 

Walter  Walsh,  Jr. 

1933 

Atlanta,  Ga. 

W.  Terence  Walsh 

John  C.  Mosby 

1934 

Ladue,  Mo. 

Tarleton  R,  Hocker 

Henry  W.  Connor 

1935 

Newark,  N.  J. 

Lawrence  H.  Connor 

H.  Brainard  Fancher 

1935 

Fayetteville,  N.  Y. 

Donald  A.  Fancher 

Franklin  P.  Huddle 

1935 

Annandale,  Va. 

Franklin  P.  Huddle,  Jr 

Robert  B.  Hull 

1935 

W.  Newton,  Mass. 

J.  Webster  Hull 

28 


BROWN   ALUMNI   MONTHLY 


Father's  Natne 

Robert  Jerrett,  Jr. 

Alfred  H.  Joslin 

Frank  S.  Read 

Nelson  B.  Record 

Louis  P.  Virgadamo 

John  O.  Nolan 

Richard  W.  Pearce 

Gerald  M.  Richmond 

Richard  M.  Rieser 

Abbey  Schwarlz* 

Robert  W.  Wilson 

Frederick  K.  Beaulieu 

Wendell  S.  Brown,  Jr. 

Linton  A.  Fliick.  Jr. 

Austin  Peck 

William  S.  Thompson 

George  C.  Upper 

Alan  V.  Young 

John  H.  Kreitler 

Arthur  F.  Newell,  Jr. 

Anthony  C.  Shabica,  Jr. 

Robert  M.  Thomas 

Michael  J.  Zifcak 

Chfton  B.  Brown 

Edmund  D.  Brown 

Arthur  A.  Staff 

Richard  E.  Belluche 

Duncan  W.  Cleaves 

Lane  W.  Fuller 

Robert  A.  Newton,  Jr. 

Earle  W.  Scott,  Jr. 

Edmund  F.  Armstrong 

James  G.  Lukens 

John  A.  Worcester 

Gerald  M.  Armstrong  (G) 

Paul  W.  Benson 

Maurice  J.  Mountain 

*  Deceased.         (G)  Graduate  School. 


Pi  Lam  Again 

TRADITIONAL  LEADER  in  fraternity  schol- 
arship, Pi  Lambda  Phi  held  its  first 
place  in  the  standing  in  the  second  semes- 
ter of  1960-61.  Theta  Delta  Chi  advanced 
from  third  to  second,  with  Kappa  Sigma 
dropping  to  fourth.  A  spectacular  climb 
from  10th  brought  third  place  to  Sigma 
Nu.  Other  notable  shifts  were  at  Phi 
Kappa  Psi,  up  from  15th  to  sixth;  Delta 
Tau  Delta,  down  from  fourth  to  ninth; 
Phi  Gamma  Delta,  up  from  16th  to  Uth; 
and  Phi  Delta  Theta,  down  from  fifth  to 
14th. 

The  averages  include  members  and 
pledges.  The  grade  averages  were  as  fol- 
lows (with  the  number  in  the  chapter 
given  in  parentheses): 

1— Pi  Lambda  Phi  (48)  2,729.  2— 
Theta  Delta  Chi  (50)  2.616.  3— Sigma  Nu 
(40)  2.515.  4 — Kappa  Sigma  (38)  2.477. 
5_Delta  Upsilon  (49)  2.469.  6— Phi 
Kappa  Psi  (43)  2.459.  7— Lambda  Chi 
Alpha  (54)  2.444.  8— Alpha  Delta  Phi 
(44)  2.429.  9— Delta  Tau  Delta  (54) 
2.427.  10— Sigma  Chi  (38)  2.412.  II— Phi 
Gamma  Delta  (34)  2.377.  12— Beta  Theta 
Pi  (30)  2.375.  13— Delta  Phi  (49)  2.319. 
14— Phi  Delta  Theta  (43)  2.305.  15— Zeta 
Psi  (32)  2.279.  16— Psi  Upsilon  (20) 
2.263.  17— Delta  Kappa  Epsilson  (13) 
2.143.  (Ten  fraternities,  the  Brown  Daily 
Herald   said,    were   expected   to   be   under 


Class 

Home  Town 

Son's  Name 

1935 

Rydal,  Pa. 

Robert  Jerrett,  III 

1935 

Providence 

Andrew  J.  Joslin 

1935 

Lake  Forest,  III. 

Laurance  A.  Read 

1935 

Johnston,  R.  L 

N.  Burgess  Record,  Jr. 

1935 

Newport,  R.  I. 

Paul  R.  Virgadamo 

1936 

W.  Hartford,  Conn. 

John  B.  Nolan 

1936 

Cranston,  R.  1. 

David  A.  Pearce 

1936 

Denver,  Colo. 

Gerald  M.  Richmond.  Jr. 

1936 

Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

Richard  M.  Rieser,  Jr. 

1936 

New  York,  N.  Y. 

Bruce  G.  Silverman 

1936 

Jefferson,  Me. 

Robert  W.  Wilson,  Jr. 

1937 

Teaneck,  N.  J. 

Peter  K.  Beaulieu 

1937 

Little  Silver,  N.  J. 

Wendell  S.  Brown,  III 

1937 

Basking  Ridge,  N.  J. 

Linton  A.  Fluck,  III 

1937 

Wakefield.  R.  1. 

Robert  F.  Peck 

1937 

Ho-Ho-Kus,  N.  J. 

John  S.  Thompson 

1937 

Mansfield,  Mass. 

William  J.  Upper 

1937 

Providence 

Curtis  G.  Young 

1938 

Short  Hills,  N.  J. 

Peter  G.  Kreitler 

1938 

London,  England 

Stephen  R.  Newell 

1938 

Livingston,  N.  J. 

Charles  W.  Shabica 

1938 

Rumford,  R.  L 

Gordon  A.  Thomas 

1938 

Sutton,  Mass. 

Michael  J.  Zifcak,  Jr. 

1939 

E.  Providence,  R.  L 

Gilbert  C.  Brown 

1939 

S.  Glastonbury,  Conn. 

Douglas  E.  Brown 

1939 

Brockton,  Mass. 

Arthur  A.  Staff,  Jr. 

1940 

Arlington,  Mass. 

James  F.  Belluche 

1940 

Salinas,  Calif. 

Courtland  V.  Cleaves 

1940 

Wakefield,  Mass. 

Winship  C.  Fuller 

1940 

Westboro,  Mass. 

Robert  A.  Newton,  III 

1940 

Seekonk,  Mass. 

E.  William  Scott,  III 

1942 

Providence 

Edmund  F.  Armstrong,  Jr 

1942 

Plainfield,  N.  J. 

Terence  P.  Lukens 

1942 

Melrose,  Mass. 

Charles  W.  Worcester 

1947 

Kingsport,  Tenn. 

Stephen  W.  Armstrong 

1948 

Riverside,  R.  L 

Frederick  W.  Benson 

1948 

Bethesda,  Md. 

Maurice  J.  Mountain,  Jr. 

"social  restrictions."  None,  however,  was 
so  low  as  to  lose  "'formal  pledging  privi- 
leges.") 

The  first  three  fraternities  were  above 
the  All-College  average  (2.483),  while 
seven  were  above  the  All-Fraternity  aver- 
age (2.436).  Without  including  Freshman, 
the  All-College  average  was  2.528.  The 
All-Dormitory  average  was  2.506,  with 
Hope  College  leading  with  the  extraordi- 
nary record  of  an  average  of  3.069,  a 
shade  above  a  straight  B;  its  residents  in- 
cluded fraternity  and  non-fraternity  men. 
All  averages  were  considerably  those  for 
the  first  semester,  with  the  All-College 
score  rising  from  2.390  to  2.483. 

Fraternities  at  Brown  listed  the  follow- 
ing as  alumni  advisors  for  the  current 
year:  Beta  Theta  Pi — Judge  Joseph  Weis- 
berger.  Delta  Kappa  Epsilon — Stanley  E. 
Plummer.  Delta  Tau  Delta — John  W. 
Lyons  '50.  Delta  Upsilon — Dr.  Walter 
S.  Jones  '26.  Kappa  Sigma — Donald 
DeCiccio  '55.  Lambda  Chi  Alpha — • 
Victor  Mullen.  Phi  Delta  Theta — Richard 
Clark  '57.  Phi  Gamma  Delta — Alfred 
Buckley  '49.  Phi  Kappa  Psi— W.  Chester 
Beard  '19.  Pi  Lambda  Phi — Arthur  Mark- 
off  '44.  Psi  Upsilon — Edward  T.  Richards 
'27.  Sigma  Nu— Daniel  W.  Earle  '34.  Zeta 
Psi— Wright  E.  Heydon  '11. 

No  advisors  are  listed  for  Alpha  Delta 
Phi,  Delta  Phi,  Sigma  Chi,  and  Theta 
Delta  Chi. 


Pembroke  Daughters 

SIXTEEN  of  the  Pembroke  Freshmen  in 
the  Class  of  1965  are  daughters  of 
Brown  men,  according  to  a  list  thought- 
fully provided  by  the  Pembroke  Admission 
Office.  Their  names  follow: 

Kate  Ailing,  daughter  of  Charles  E. 
Ailing  '41  and  granddaughter  of  the  late 
Morris  E.  Ailing  '02.  Nancy  Elizabeth 
Broomhead,  daughter  of  William  T. 
Broomhead  '35  and  granddaughter  of  the 
late  Fred  C.  Broomhead  '05.  Phyllis  Rose 
Ciciarelli,  daughter  of  Philip  Ciciarelli 
'35.  Carolyn  Elizabeth  Considine,  daugh- 
ter of  John  A.  Considine  '35.  Christine 
Dunbar,  daughter  of  Roger  M.  Dunbar 
'29.  Cherry  Ann  Fletcher,  daughter  of 
Donald  B.  Fletcher  '34  and  granddaughter 
of  the  late  Alfred  W.  Fletcher  '06.  Martha 
Rich  Fraad,  daughter  of  Daniel  J.  Fraad, 
Jr.,  '35  and  granddaughter  of  the  late 
Maurice  B.  Rich  "03.  Jennifer  Gay  Hassel, 
daughter  of  Winthrop  Fanning  '41.  Irene 
Barbara  Levins,  daughter  of  Leo  V.  Lev- 
ins '32.  Also,  Jean  Arline  Martland, 
daughter  of  Douglas  Martland  '40.  Mary 
Frances  McKenzie,  daughter  of  Prof.  Earl 
D.  McKenzie  '28.  Marlys  Elaine  Page, 
daughter  of  Chester  H.  Page  '34  and 
granddaughter  of  the  late  Frank  A.  Page 
'01.  Eleanor  Evans  Parkman,  step-daugh- 
ter of  Louis  F.  Demmler  '31.  Barbara 
Rigelhaupt,  daughter  of  Elmer  Rigelhaupt 
'35.  Patricia  Jane  Snell,  daughter  of 
George  V.  Snell  '41  and  granddaughter  of 
Prof.  Walter  H.  Snell  '13.  Frances  Mar- 
garet Stoltz.  daughter  of  Prof.  Merton  P. 
Stoltz.  Alexandra  Lapworth  Weir  is  the 
granddaughter  of  George  S.   Burgess  '12. 

Dozens  of  other  Freshmen  list  brothers, 
uncles,  and  cousins  who  are  alumni.  The 
most  striking  of  relationships  is  one 
boasted  by  Patricia  Cobb.  Her  great-great- 
grandfather was  Samuel  Gridley  Howe, 
1821. 


Itinerary  on  Admissions 

Travel  schedules  for  Admission  Offi- 
cers show  appointments  in  the  following 
cities  in  the  near  future:  Eric  Brown — 
Nov.  2-3,  Albany,  N.  Y.  Nov.  27-Dec.  6, 
Cincinnati,  Kansas  City,  Des  Moines, 
Houston,  Dallas,  Tulsa.  Thomas  Caswell — 
Nov.  13-22,  Los  Angeles,  San  Francisco, 
Portland,  Ore.  Charles  Doebler — Nov.  27- 
Dec.  8,  Philadelphia,  Washington,  D.  C, 
Baltimore,  Wilmington,  Del.  Bruce  Hutch- 
inson— Nov.  6-10  and  20-22,  Westchester 
County,  N.  Y.;  Dec.  11-15,  New  York 
City,  New  Haven,  and  Fairfield  County, 
Conn. 

Alumni  interested  in  seeing  the  officer 
may  get  further  details  from  the  Admission 
Office  at  Brown. 

Visitors  during  October  have  been: 
Doebler — Chicago,  Milwaukee,  Indian- 
apolis, Louisville,  and  Atlanta,  Hutchinson 
— New  York  City.  David  Zucconi — Syra- 
cuse, Rochester,  Buffalo,  Detroit,  Grand 
Rapids,  and  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.  Brown — 
Boston,  Hartford,  and  Springfield,  Mass. 
Caswell — Cleveland,  St.  Louis,  Minne- 
apolis, Denver,  and  Omaha. 


NOVEMBER    1961 


29 


Gentlemen  and  Scholars 


WHEN  108  NEW  MEMBERS  of  the  Fac- 
ulty and  staff  at  Brown  this  year 
were  introduced  at  the  first  Faculty  smoker, 
they  included  individuals  with  33  foreign 
degrees.  They  represented:  Sydney  Univer- 
sity (2),  University  of  Melbourne  (2), 
University  of  Tasmania,  Universities  of 
Bristol,  Glasgow,  Edinburgh,  and  Leeds, 
London  University  (2),  Oxford  University 
(3),  Cambridge  University,  Manchester 
College  of  Science  and  Technology,  Polish 
Academy  of  Sciences,  Technical  University 
of  Delft,  Universities  of  Bonn,  Freiburg, 
Gottingen,  Tartu,  Ceylon,  Buenos  Aires, 
Tokyo  (2),  and  Mexico,  Universite  Libre 
of  Brussels,  Presidency  College  of  Cal- 
cutta, Tohoku  University,  Chung  Chi  Col- 
lege, Stockholm  Library  School,  and  War- 
saw University. 

Dr.  Richard  A.  Ellis,  an  assistant  pro- 
fessor in  the  Biology  Department,  is  trying 
to  find  out  how  a  sea  gull  can  slurp  up  so 
much  salt  water  and  never  get  a  stomach- 
ache. He  hopes  that  studies  he  and  other 
scientists  are  making  in  this  field  may 
eventually  lead  to  better  health  for  hu- 
mans. 

Dr.  Ellis  is  interested  in  sweat — perspira- 
tion, if  you  want  to  be  delicate  about  it. 
Research  scientists  interested  in  cystic  fi- 
brosis, an  ailment  that  affects  the  pancreas 
of  humans,  believe  that  there  might  be 
something  common  between  sweating  hu- 
mans and  the  way  sea  gulls  drink  salt 
water,  separate  the  salt  to  make  the  water 
fresh,  and  then  drop  the  salt  out  their 
beaks.  While  he  admits  that  it  is  difficult 
to  pinpoint  exactly  what  sea  gull  glands 
will  show,  he  is  concentrating  on  the  cor- 
relation between  the  gland  activity  of  gulls 
and  cystic  fibrosis.  "If  we  can  find  out  what 
goes  on  in  the  gull,  we  might  get  an  idea  of 
why  certain  things  happen  to  produce  a 
high  salt  count  in  humans,"  he  stated. 

President  Keeney,  speaking  in  Washing- 
ton at  the  October  meeting  of  the  Ameri- 
can Council  on  Education,  stated  that 
American  colleges  should  make  a  greater 
effort  to  help  their  junior  Faculty  members 
become  good  teachers.  "The  institution  that 
first  employs  a  young  teacher  has  not  only 
a  responsibility  but  also  a  self-interest  in 
helping  him  become  an  adequate  teacher 
as  quickly  as  possible,"  Dr.  Keeney  ob- 
served. 

He  outlined  steps  that  colleges  can  take 
to  transform  a  young  scholar  into  a  young 
teacher.  "Brown  has  found  it  effective  to 
ask  senior  Faculty  members  to  take  the 
younger  man  in  hand,  give  him  advice 
and  information,  and,  when  it  is  profitable 
to  do  so,  to  observe  his  teaching  and  make 
suggestions,"  Dr.  Keeney  said. 

C.  A.  Robinson,  Jr.,  David  Benedict  Pro- 
fessor of  Classics,  has  been  elected  a  Life 
Fellow    of   the    International    Institute    of 


Arts  and  Letters  (Germany).  During  the 
second  semester  of  the  current  academic 
year,  Robinson  will  serve  as  Professor  of 
Greek  Literature  and  Archeology  at  the 
American  School  of  Classical  Studies  in 
Athens,  a  post  he  also  filled  in  1934-35  and 
1948.  In  1959.  he  was  Director  of  the 
American  School's  summer  session.  He 
plans  to  spend  the  summer  of  1962  at  the 
American  Academy  in  Rome,  of  which  he 
is  a  Fellow. 

Prof.  Barrett  Hazeltine  of  the  Engineer- 
ing Department  has  been  named  Assistant 
to  the  Dean  for  Freshmen.  A  native  of 
France,  he  received  his  Bachelor  of  Sci- 
ence degree  in  Engineering  in  1953  and  his 
Master  of  Science  degree  in  Engineering 
in  1957,  both  from  Princeton.  He  was 
engaged  in  doctoral  study  at  the  University 
of  Michigan  from  1956  to  1959,  prior  to 
joining  the  Brown  Faculty.  His  special  in- 
terest is  in  electronic  computers.  He  is  a 
member  of  Sigma  Xi  and  the  Institute  of 
Radio  Engineers. 

Prof.  Roderick  M.  Chisholm  "38.  Chair- 
man of  the  Philosophy  Department,  and 
Romeo  Elton  Professor  of  Natural  The- 
ology, was  selected  by  the  National  Re- 
search Council  to  attend  the  International 
Colloquy  on  the  Methodology  of  the  Sci- 
ences in  Warsaw,  Poland,  Sept.  18-23.  Pro- 
fessor Chisholm  considered  the  colloquium 
of  particular  significance  since  it  was  one 
of  the  first  philosophical  congresses  held 
in  a  Communist  country  since  World  War 
II  to  which  philosophers  from  western 
countries  and  the  United  States  were  in- 
vited. He  attended  the  conference  as  chief 
delegate  of  the  American  Philosophical 
Association.  He  was  invited  by  the  Polish 
Academy  of  Sciences  and  spoke  on  the 
rules  of  evidence. 

Prof.  Philip  Taft  has  been  named  to  a 
seven-member  public  advisory  committee 
on  labor-management  reports  by  Secretary 
of  Labor  Arthur  J.  Goldberg.  The  com- 
mittee will  meet  regularly  with  Labor  De- 
partment officials  to  consult  and  advise 
on  the  administration  of  the  Labor-Man- 
agement Reporting  and  Disclosure  Act  of 
1959.  which  requires  the  filing  of  annual 
public  reports  on  such  practices  as  mis- 
appropriation of  union  funds,  union  bust- 
ing, labor-management  bribery,  and  col- 
lusion and  extortion. 

The  Art  Department  presented  an  ex- 
hibit in  September  by  three  members  of 
its  Faculty.  Included  were  paintings  by 
Robert  S.  Neuman  and  Thomas  J.  Wallace 
and  wood  sculpture  by  Hugh  Townley. 
Neuman,  a  Visiting  Assistant  Professor, 
has  worked  recently  in  Spain  and  Germany 
on  Guggenheim  and  Fulbright  grants.  He 
was  awarded  the  grand  prize  at  the  Boston 
Arts  Festival  last  spring  and  was  a  prize- 


DR.  PAUL  CLIFFORD  CROSS,  former  Chairman 
of  Brown's  Chemistry  Department,  has  taken  up 
duties  as  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer 
of  the  Mellon  Institute.  Dr.  Cross  was  Director  of 
the  Metcalf  Research  Loborotory  while  on  the 
Brown  Faculty,  consultant  on  vorious  wartime 
projects,   and    Research    Director  at   Woods   Hole. 


winner  at  the  R.  I.  Arts  Festival.  Wallace, 
a  Teaching  Associate,  has  exhibited  re- 
cently at  the  Boston,  R.  I.,  and  Connecti- 
cut art  festivals.  Townley,  an  Associate 
Professor,  worked  in  England  and  France 
before  coming  to  Brown.  He  is  represented 
in  several  American  museums,  including 
the  Whitney  in  New  York  City. 

Dr.  Kurt  B.  Mayer,  Chairman  of  the 
Sociology  and  Anthropology  Department, 
attended  a  three-day  October  conference 
at  Harriman,  N.  Y.,  on  American  popula- 
tion trends.  The  conference,  which  was 
sponsored  jointly  by  the  Columbia  Univer- 
sity Graduate  School  of  Business  and  the 
Institute  of  Life  Insurance,  included  the 
leading  social  scientists  from  31  colleges 
and  universities  throughout  the  United 
States. 

Dr.  Sidney  Goldstein,  Professor  of  Soci- 
ology, is  studying  in  Denmark  on  a  Ful- 
bright scholarship.  The  grant,  which  cov- 
ers one  academic  year,  will  allow  him  to 
do  research  work  in  sociology  and  demog- 
raphy at  the  Danish  National  Institute  for 
Social  Research  in  Copenhagen. 

Dr.  Alice  M.  Savage  has  been  awarded  a 
one-year  $5,000  post-doctoral  fellowship 
by  the  National  Institutes  of  Health  for 
study  of  the  recovery  of  blood  cell  pro- 
duction after  exposure  to  lethal  doses  of 
X-rays.  Dr.  Savage  is  a  post-doctoral 
trainee  in  the  Biology  Department. 

Dr.  Arthur  F.  Buddington  '12,  Emeritus 
Professor  of  Geology  at  Princeton,  came 
back  to  Brown  in  October  as  the  first  of 
five  lecturers  sponsored  by  the  Brown 
Geology  Department. 


30 


BROWN   ALUMNI   MONTHLY 


Under  the  Elms  of  Brown 


THREE  Brunonians  Spent  two  days  in 
Mexico  City  in  October  to  clieck  on 
the  possibility  of  eventually  establishing  an 
advanced  research  center  in  conjunction 
with  a  Mexican  university.  The  visitors 
were  Vice-President  John  V.  Elmendorf, 
who  had  spent  a  decade  in  Mexico  before 
coming  to  Brown:  Merton  P.  Stoltz,  econ- 
omist who  is  Assistant  Dean  of  the  Grad- 
uate School:  and  Juan  Lopez-Morillas, 
Chairman  of  the  Spanish  Department. 

The  journey  was  made  possible  from 
funds  in  the  Ford  Foundation  Challenge 
Grant  which  permitted  an  investigation  to 
determine  what  sort  of  a  program  of  Latin 
American  studies  Brown  should  establish. 
The  trip  was  termed  "merely  exploratory," 
with  no  definite  commitments  made.  The 
delegation  conferred  with  government  offi- 
cials, educators,  embassy  officers,  and  oth- 
ers. 

The  Ninth  Annual  American  Indian 
Ethnohistoric  Conference,  held  at  Brown 
Oct.  20-21,  discussed  "The  Future  of  the 
American  Indian  in  the  United  States." 
Dwight  B.  Heath.  Assistant  Professor  of 
Anthropology,  told  how  the  extensive  and 
well-known  collection  of  early  American 
historical  documents  in  the  John  Carter 
Brown  Library  was  a  definite  drawing  card 
for  scholars  of  the  American  Indian  who 
came  from  all  sections  of  the  country. 
Vice-President  John  Elmendorf  gave  the 
welcoming  speech  at  the  first  session.  The 
Conference  was  jointly  sponsored  by  the 
JCB  Library  and  the  University's  Depart- 
ment of  Sociology  and  Anthropology. 

The  four-story  house  at  12-14  George 
St.,  owned  by  the  University  since  1945 
and  used  in  the  past  as  a  student  dormitory 
and  for  offices,  has  been  undergoing  major 
renovations  since  September.  It  will  be  oc- 
cupied shortly  as  the  headquarters  of  the 
University's  Institute  for   Health  Sciences. 


The  building,  named  in  honor  of  Dr. 
James  P.  Adams,  former  Vice-President, 
will  also  house  Brown's  new  Center  for 
Aging  Research,  the  continuing  study  of 
parental  factors  in  cerebral  palsy,  as  well 
as  the  staff  planning  the  new  six-year  med- 
ical education  program. 

Secretary  Ribicoff's  broadside  before 
the  American  Council  on  Education  drew 
prompt  replies  from  President  Keeney  and 
President  Emeritus  Wriston.  The  Secretary 
of  Health.  Education,  and  Welfare  had  at- 
tacked educational  leaders  for  failing  to 
support  actively  the  Kennedy  administra- 
tion's aid-to-education  bill. 

Dr.  Keeney  said  the  Cabinet  member 
was  blaming  the  Council  for  "not  doing 
something  we're  not  supposed  to  do  under 
the  organization's  set-up."  The  ACE's  pur- 
pose, he  pointed  out,  "is  to  be  concerned 
with  higher  education  and  not  education 
at  other  levels.  It  has  sufficient  trouble 
reaching  agreement  among  its  own  mem- 
bers about  matters  with  which  it  is  con- 
cerned. The  Secretary  was  taking  the  posi- 
tion that,  if  you  don't  agree  with  Ribicoff, 
you  don't  love  education.  Well,  quite  a  few 
people  don't  agree  with  him.  I  don't  think 
he  has  spent  enough  time  listening." 

Secretary  Ribicoff,  in  Dr.  Wriston's  opin- 
ion, has  shown  "precisely  how  not  to  deal 
with  the  great  public  question."  He  felt 
the  Secretary's  attitude  came  "with  partic- 
ular ill-grace  from  one  who  handled  the 
recent  Congressional  negotiations  with 
something  less  than  outstanding  skill." 
Moreover,  the  Secretary  was  "castigating 
many  men  whose  dedication  to  the  cause 
of  education  is  longer  and  more  profound 
than  his." 

Engineering  students  at  Brown  are 
able  to  earn  the  Bachelor  of  Science  and 
Master  of  Science  degrees  in  their  field  in 
five  years  under  a  new  integrated  curricu- 


ROBERT   O'DAY    '50,    right,    represented    the    University   when    the    New    England    Manufacturers    Repre- 
sentatives Club  gave   Brown   one   of   its   three   scholarships   this  year.    William    Fluhr,   Club   President,    is 
at  left.  Presentation  was  made  in  Boston  at  the  opening  day  of  the  Electrical  Trade  Show. 


lum  that  went  into  effect  on  the  Hill  this 
fall.  Under  the  old  curriculum,  up  to  two 
years  of  work  beyond  the  undergraduate 
level  have  generally  been  required  to  at- 
tain the  M.Sc.  in  engineering.  According  to 
Prof.  Paul  S.  Symonds,  Division  Chair- 
man, the  new  program  is  designed  to  at- 
tract students  of  high  school  ability  whose 
immediate  interests  tend  towards  applied 
research  and  advanced  design  and  develop- 
ment. This  is  distinguished  from  the  doc- 
toral program,  which  is  designed  for  stu- 
dents pointing  towards  a  career  in  basic 
research  and  teaching  in  engineering  sci- 
ence. 

Froebel  Hall  has  been  purchased  by 
the  Hillel  Foundation  for  its  new  center 
of  activity  in  Providence.  The  structure  at 
Brown  and  Angell  Sts.  was  bought  by  a 
committee  of  interested  friends  of  Hillel. 
Rabbi  Nathan  Rosen,  Director  of  the 
Foundation,  reports  that  extensive  renova- 
tions and  landscaping  are  planned. 

Financed  under  a  grant  from  the  Na- 
tional Science  Foundation,  a  30-week  in- 
stitute for  general  science  teachers  in  the 
secondary  schools  of  Rhode  Island  and 
nearby  Massachusetts  and  Connecticut  is 
being  conducted  on  Campus.  According  to 
Prof.  Charles  B.  MacKay  '16,  Director  of 
the  Institute,  this  year's  program  will  help 
select  seventh,  eighth,  and  ninth  grade 
teachers  to  improve  their  competence  in 
astronomy,  botany,  and  geology. 

A  colorful  collection  of  contempo- 
rary lettering  by  the  foremost  calligraphers 
and  type  designers  of  Europe  and  America 
will  be  featured  at  the  Annmary  Brown 
Memorial  until  mid-December.  The  ex- 
hibit, entitled  "The  Working  Calligrapher 
and  Lettering  Artist,"  is  the  first  in  a  new 
program  by  the  Annmary  Brown  to  bring 
larger,  more  varied  displays  to  the  general 
public.  Well-designed  book  covers,  posters, 
record  albums,  and  package  wrappings  as 
well  as  other  works  are  shown,  both  in 
rough  copy  and  finished  product. 


A  London  View  of  Wriston 

"Americans  of  the  Round  Table,"  in 
one  of  the  summer  issues  of  The  Economist 
(London),  proved  to  be  a  story  on  the 
American  Assembly,  at  the  time  it  was 
holding  its  first  European  session.  Forty 
European  delegates  from  12  countries  were 
to  be  joined  by  20  Americans  and  Cana- 
dians in  Switzerland  to  spend  three  days 
in  off-the-record  discussion  on  control  of 
armaments. 

"On  the  fourth  day,"  said  the  writer, 
"Dr.  Henry  Wriston,  President  of  the 
American  Assembly  will  lead  the  delegates 
in  hammering  out  as  much  agreement  as 
is  possible — a  task  at  which  he  is  a 
virtuoso." 

The  .American  Assembly  began  to  hum 
when  President  Emeritus  Wriston  took  its 
presidency.  The  Econoinisi  observed.  "Dr. 
Wriston  lets  no  grass  grow  under  his  feet 
and  keeps  other  people  moving  as  well.  As 
a  presiding  officer,  he  is  witty,  fair,  and  a 
driver." 


NOVEMBER    1961 


31 


For  a  Brown  Bookshelf 

EDITED  BY  ELMER  M.  BLISTEIN  '42 


NATIVE   TO   THE   GRAIN,   by   George 

Troy  '31.   246  pages.  Harcourt,   Brace. 

$3.95. 

The  only  possible  advantage  to  Mr. 
Troy  in  having  a  review  of  his  novel  de- 
layed is  that  this  reviewer  can  honestly  say 
that  its  characters  and  situations  remained 
clear  for  a  long  time  and  that  he  greatly 
enjoyed  rereading  it. 

In  this  tale  of  Providence  which  involves 
downtown  legal  offices.  Faculty  parties. 
East  Side  mansions.  Brown's  environs,  and 
slums,  Troy  has  set  down  a  picture  of  the 
city  and  some  aspects  of  its  life  which  will 
not  only  make  you  walk  those  once  fa- 
miliar streets  again  but  also  give  you  an 
idea  of  its  complicated  business  and  social 
ramifications. 

To  accomplish  this  the  author  has  cre- 
atively delineated  a  group  of  fascinating 
people,  of  whom  he  particularly  develops 
three.  There  is  old  Miss  Chipman,  living 
solitarily  on  money  from  previously  suc- 
cessful textile  mills,  in  one  of  those  amaz- 
ing red  brick  mansions  near  the  Campus. 
Already  upset  by  her  dishonest  nephew's 
closing  a  mill  despite  her  order  to  the  con- 
trary, she  is  horrified  to  discover  that  she 
is  still  the  owner  of  disease-spreading  prop- 
erty which  she  had  long  since  ordered  him 
to  dispose  of.  Although  she  is  old  and  in- 
firm, Miss  Chipman  is  indomitable,  and 
engages  in  an  eventually  successful  fight 
to  dispose  of  both  her  money  and  her 
nephew  in  a  proper  manner. 

Drawn  into  the  struggle  almost  against 
his  will  is  a  young  lawyer,  Sam  Starbuck, 
who  is  rapidly  faced  with  a  conflict  be- 
tv/een  his  loyalty  to  his  firm,  which  handles 
Miss  Chipman's  affairs,  and  loyalty  to  his 
own  conception  of  what  is  right.  In  the 
course  of  his  mental  anguish,  his  marital 
happiness  becomes  endangered,  because  his 
wife,  with  her  passionate  desire  for  fair 
play  for  the  underdog,  begins  to  doubt 
him.  In  the  scenes  in  which  the  two  are 
presented  in  their  unhappiness  comes  some 
of  Troy's  best  writing.  He  shows  us  sensi- 
tive people  forced  by  circumstances  and 
their  characters  to  say  terrible  things  to 
each  other,  things  "never  to  be  taken  back 
again."  These  bits  will  strike  very  close  to 
home  to  many  readers. 

What  Troy  is  arguing  for  in  this  fine 
story  is  the  necessity  for  moral  integrity  in 
personal  and  business  life.  What  interested 
this  reader  particularly  is  his  device  of 
talking  of  homes  in  presenting  his  point. 
For  example,  there  is  the  gigantic  house 
into  one  room  of  which  Miss  Chipman  re- 
tired to  fight  her  battles  and  to  store  her 
treasures.  There  is  the  home  Sam  is  striv- 
ing to  create  for  Laurie  and  the  children, 
which  must  be  based  on  integrity  and 
frankness.  There  is  the  home  of  Mrs. 
Medeiros  in  the  slums,  in  which  she  cares 


for  friends  even  more  unfortunate  than  she 
is.  It  is  an  interesting  and  effective  device 
which  greatly  enhances  a  highly  worth- 
while novel. 

JAMES  B.  MCGUIRE  '38 

The  author  is  the  Literary  Editor  of  the 
Providence  Journal-Bulletin.  Tlie  reviewer 
is  the  Chairman  of  the  English  Department 
at  Springfield  College. 

EXILES  AND  FABRICATIONS,  by  Win- 
field  Townley  Scott  '31.  215  pages.  Dou- 
bleday.  $3.95. 

I  read  Winfield  Scott's  book  for  fun,  not 
knowing  I  would  be  asked  to  review  it, 
but  I  still  think  I  would  have  enjoyed  it. 
The  pages  were  like  a  once  familiar  room, 
whose  wall-souvenirs  I  had  not  seen  of 
late.  Their  familiarity  added  to  the  enjoy- 
ment, but  I'm  sure  they  have  their  validity 
for  other  reasons. 

You  see,  I  remember  when  Win  Scott 
arrived  in  Providence  as  a  Brown  Fresh- 
man. Already  serious  about  writing,  he 
had  come  to  the  Journal  office,  where  I 
shared  a  room  with  B.  K.  Hart,  the  Liter- 
ary Editor  he  was  later  to  succeed.  Al- 
ready he  had  done  some  good  things  which 
commended  him  to  B.K.H.  He  has  kept 
on  writing  good  things — seven  volumes 
of  front-line  poetry  and  now  his  first  book 
of  prose. 

In  a  sense,  it  is  a  return  to  Scott  the 
critic,  and  it  brings  under  one  cover  a 
number  of  essays  and  articles  which  have 
appeared  in  the  Quarterlies  of  New  Eng- 
land, Virginia,  and  New  Mexico  and  else- 
where. But  the  familiarity  is  more  than 
that,  for  days  of  association  are  recalled 
in  many  of  the  chapters.  Back  in  those 
Journal  days,  he  was  talking  and  inquiring 
about  Whittier,  John  Wheelwright,  Amy 
Lowell,  Howard  Phillips  Lovecraft,  Henry 
Beston,  and  especially  Edwin  Arlington 
Robinson  and  Joe  Coldwell. 

You  never  heard  of  Joe  Coldwell?  What 
is  his  name  and  the  "Portrait  of  a  Free 
Man"  doing  here  with  the  others?  Well, 
this  is  a  book  of  admiration,  and  Scott 
admired  Coldwell  enough  to  dedicate  The 
Sword  on  the  Table  to  him  (and  there's  a 
moving  reference  to  Joe's  reaction). 

Exiles  and  Fabrications  is  an  invitation 
to  reminiscence.  He  writes  of  Robinson  as 
one  who  visited  him  first  as  a  1 9-year-old  un- 
dergraduate worshipper,  bearin.g  an  essay  on 
Robinson  which  was  to  appear  in  a  Brown 
magazine.  It  was  the  beginning  of  a  du- 
rable friendship.  Henry  Beston  was  "the 
first  indisputable  author"  Scott  ever  met; 
out  of  friendship,  he  was  to  make  a  senti- 
mental journey  to  the  Outermost  House 
on  Cape  Cod  long  after.  The  anecdotes 
about  John  Wheelwright  are  lively,  inti- 
mate, and  affectionate — one  of  the  most 
successful  parts  of  a  successful  book. 


Scott  "never  laid  eyes  on"  Amy  Lowell, 
but  this  did  not  really  matter.  He  knew 
her  estate  and  her  influence,  though  "she 
could  not  be  what  she  desired  to  be,  a 
great  poet."  She  is  another  faded  curio  in 
this  collection,  like  Tarkington.  The  point 
is  that  Scott  has  had  an  enthusiasm,  a  deep 
involvement  in  what  he  has  thought  about 
and  here  written.  Whittier's  Snow-Bound 
belongs  here  because  it  was  recreated  not 
far  from  Scott's  boyhood  home  in  Haver- 
hill, and  there  were  certain  traditions  in  it 
which  made  his  interest  inevitable. 

Other  essays  came  out  of  mere  scholarly 
curiosity,  and  what's  "mere"  about  that? 
Scott  has  some  points  to  make  about  Our 
Town.  He  offers  a  fresh  and  likely  answer 
to  an  Emily  Dickinson  riddle.  "I  feel  that 
I  have  been  in  Hannibal.  Not  perhaps 
Hannibal  as  it  is  today,  but  Hannibal  as 
it  is  forever,"  he  wrote  in  1952;  in  1959 
he  made  his  pilgrimage  and  made  it  a 
leisurely,  observant  one.  For  places  be- 
long in  this  book,  as  well  as  people.  New- 
port is  one.  as  suggestive  of  New  England; 
Santa  Fe  is  another,  the  "exile"  of  today. 
It,  too,  is  vivid,  a  place  of  friendships,  in- 
sight,  and  sentiment. 

The  pages  on  Lovecraft  may  well  be  the 
best  ever  written  about  this  strange  legend 
of  Providence.  At  the  top  of  College  Hill, 
you  must  know,  are  Brown  University  and 
a  house  in  which  Lovecraft  lived.  It  would 
be  a  pity  to  know  "the  streets  he  so  loved 
by  moonlight  and  midnight"  without 
knowing  his  story,  "His  Own  Most  Fan- 
tastic Creation"  will  give  it  to  you  under- 
standingly,  for  Scott  had  access  to  people 
and  records  which  none  had  consulted. 

For  the  Brunonian  reader,  an  incidental 
pleasure  comes  in  this  book  from  the  en- 
countering of  Brunonian  names  like  those 
of  S,  Foster  Damon,  Alex  M.  Burgess, 
Frank  Merchant,  Clarence  Philbrick,  and 
George  Potter.  This  may  be  unimportant, 
but  it  suggests  what  Scott  himself  admits: 
that  much  of  the  book  is  autobiographical. 

What  is  important  is  that  people  and 
places  have  been  well  seen,  thought  about, 
and  described  with  skill  and  discrimination. 
Obviously,  it  was  "fun  to  write,"  this  book; 
it  is  fun  to  read  it,  too — and  rewarding  in 
other  ways  as  well.  Perhaps  it  is  an  out- 
of-date  book,  but  curiously  of  today,  as 
pertinent  pictures  in  a  familiar  room  so 
often  are. 

w.c.w. 


JOHN  HUGHES:  Eagle  of  the  Church,  by 
Doran  Hurley  '26.  192  pages.  P.  J. 
Kenedy  &  Co.  $2.50. 

When  John  Hughes,  Archbishop  of  New 
York,  was  invited  to  address  a  joint  session 
of  Congress  in  1847,  it  was  an  extraor- 
dinary honor.  As  the  author  of  this 
biography  for  younger  readers  points  out, 
"he  was  the  Bishop  of  a  Church  that  only 
a  few  short  years  before  had  known  the 
vicious  and  violent  attacks  of  the 
American  Nativists"  (and  Know-Noth- 
ings).  Abraham  Lincoln  was  in  his  audi- 
ence and  later  was  to  send  him  to  support 
the  Northern  cause  before  the  court  of 
Napoleon  III.  Bishop  Hughes  was  also  the 
friend  of  such  other   Presidents   as   Polk, 


32 


BROWN   ALUMNI   MONTHLY 


Fillmore,  and  Buchanan,  an  occasional 
White  House  guest. 

The  Hurley  narrative  begins  with  the 
Irish  boy  who  became  an  outstanding 
spokesman  for  the  right  to  Freedom  of 
Conscience  for  every  denomination.  Na- 
tivists  called  him  "Dagger  John,"  but  his 
admirers  thought  of  him  as  "another 
Joshua  fighting  in  the  valley."  In  the  year 
before  his  death,  he  took  a  leading  role  in 
quelling  the  Draft  Riots  by  insisting  on 
restraint  in  his  flock. 

The  book  is  in  the  series  of  American 
Background  Books  of  Catholic  heroes  and 
heroines.  To  present  John  Hughes'  story  to 
readers  from  10  to  14  years  of  age  was  not 
easy,  for  not  all  his  life  provided  the  sort 
of  action  material  which  would  hold  such 
an  audience.  But  the  author  builds  ad- 
miration for  the  Churchman  whose  deeds 
were  motivated  not  only  by  loyalty  to  his 
fellow  immigrants  (and  their  leadership) 
but    by   the    highest   American   patriotism. 


Briefer  Mention 

PHYSICAL  Mechanics,  a  college  textbook 
by  Dr.  R.  Bruce  Lindsay  '20,  has  just 
been  published  in  its  third  edition  by  Van 
Nostrand.  The  book  stresses  the  funda- 
mental concepts  and  principles  of  mechan- 
ics and  their  application  to  all  branches  of 
physics.  For  the  third  edition,  Dr.  Lindsay 
has  added  new  material  on  ballistic  mis- 
siles and  artificial  satellites  and  new  chap- 
ters on  "Kinetic  Theory  of  Gases  and 
Statistical  Mechanics,"  "Relativistic  Me- 
chanics," and  "Wave  and  Quantum  Me- 
chanics." 

The  Flaming  Spirit  is  a  collection  of 
meditations  by  the  Rev.  William  L.  Sulli- 
van of  Germantown,  Pa.  (Abingdon  Press. 
144  pages.  $3.)  His  writings  were  collected 
over  a  long  period  of  time  by  his  succes- 
sor, the  Rev.  Max  Daskam,  his  wife 
Gladys,  and  their  two  close  friends,  Julia 
Rubel  and  Donald  Rubel  '23.  The  Rev.  Mr. 
Sullivan,  once  a  Roman  Catholic  priest 
and  later  a  Unitarian  minister,  was  one  of 
the  best  known  of  Greater  Philadelphia's 
preachers. 

The  Ronald  Press  of  New  York  has 
published  Inleltigence  and  Experience  by 
Prof.  J.  McVicker  Hunt,  who  was  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Brown  Psychology  Department 
for  12  years  and  holds  an  honorary  doc- 
torate from  Brown.  Now  on  the  Illinois 
Faculty,  he  is  a  Past  President  of  the 
American  Psychological  Association.  Writ- 
ten almost  as  a  "case  history  of  science," 
the  book  "sets  the  theoretical  stage  in 
timely  fashion  for  the  spate  of  innova- 
tions in  the  education  for  the  very  young 
which  have  begun  to  appear." 

Dr.  Granino  A.  Korn  '42,  Professor  of 
Electrical  Engineering  at  the  University  of 
Arizona,  is  co-editor  of  Computer  Hand- 
book. (McGraw-Hill.  1228  pages  plus  in- 
dex; 1099  illustrations.  $25.)  The 
publisher's  announcement  calls  it  "a 
comprehensive,  practical  reference  book 
covering  thoroughly  the  design  of  analog 
and  digital  computers  and  systems  and 
their  application  to  science  and  engineer- 
ing." A  staff  of  specialists  contributed  to 


ONE  BROWN  MAN'S  WORK  given  by  another:  Sanford  R.  Gifford,  1846,  was  o  member  of  the 
famous  "Hudson  River  School"  of  American  painters.  His  canvas,  "Valley  of  Lauterbrunnen,"  novif 
hangs  over  the  fireplace  in  the  Faculty  Club  living  room,  the  gift  of  Frederick  H.  RohUs  '26.  It  had 
been  in  the  Rohlfs  family  collection  in  New  York  City  for  two  generations  and  is  the  first  canvas  by 
Gifford  to  come  into  the  possession  of  the  University. 


the  work.  Dr.  Korn  received  his  Brown 
Ph.D.  in  1948  and  has  been  associated 
with  Lockheed.  Curtiss-Wright,  and  Sperry 
Gyroscope. 

Walter  Pilkington  '32,  College  Librarian 
at  Hamilton,  has  been  working  on  a  new 
history  of  that  college  for  the  past  two 
years.  It  will  he  Hamilton's  first  complete 
history  when  it  is  published  in  the  spring. 
In  Sesquicentenniul  Notes  (Hamilton  was 
founded  in  1812),  Pilkington  writes  of  the 
trials  and  joys  of  this  particular  type  of 
authorship. 

Alan  Levy  '52  wrote  in  the  October 
Cosmopolitan  a  history  of  nonconformity 
from  Edgar  Allan  Poe  to  the  modern  Beat 
Generation  in  an  article  called  "The  Bo- 
hemian Life."  He  says  that,  with  the  in- 
flu.x  of  commercialism  and  high  rent  in 
Greenwich  Village  and  other  American 
Bohemian  communities,  the  true  garret- 
starver  is  having  trouble  finding  garrets 
in  which  to  starve. 


Henry  M.  Wriston's  article,  The  Age  of 
Revolution,  which  appeared  in  Foreign  Af- 
fairs for  July,  has  been  reprinted  in  pam- 
phlet form  by  the  Council  on  Foreign 
Relations.  He  concludes  by  saying:  "So 
long  as  the  United  States  remains  com- 
mitted to  the  democratic  process,  there  can 
be  no  substitute  for  effective  citizenship. 
...  In  practice,  freshness  of  official 
thought  is  often  stimulated  by  imaginative 
suggestions  from  individuals  or  groups  of 
citizens.  They  are  then  ready  to  rally  sup- 
port for  courageous  alterations  in  old 
policies  that  time  has  made  sterile." 

Prof.  Merrill  K.  Bennett  '19  is  Director 
of  the  Food  Research  Institute  at  Stanford 
University.  In  its  Studies  for  November  he 
presented  a  paper  on  A  World  Map  of 
Foodcrop  Climates.  It  is  now  available  in 
pamphlet  form  ($1).  An  earlier  study  by 
Dr.  Bennett  appeared  in  February,  1960: 
Food  Crops  and  the  Isoline  of  90  Frost- 
Free  Davs  in  the  United  States. 


NOVEMBER    1961 


33 


What  happened  to 
the  football  team? 


THE  EXPECTED  IMPROVEMENT  in  the 
football  situation  on  the  Hill  wasn't 
evident  in  the  first  three  games.  The  Bruins 
were  outscored,  98-3,  while  losing  to  Co- 
lumbia (50-0),  Yale  (14-3),  and  Dart- 
mouth (34-0).  Defeats  by  Penn  (7-0)  and 
U.R.I.  (12-9)  carried  the  string  further, 
with  only  one  Brown  touchdown. 

Segments  of  the  alumni  body  found  this 
unsettling.  Many  of  them  wrote  letters  to 
various  departments  on  Campus  asking 
what  was  wrong  with  the  Bruins.  Some  of 
them  mentioned  that  their  hopes  had  been 
raised  by  "optimistic"  reports  in  this  mag- 
azine and  in  the  press  during  the  summer 
and  early  fall.  What  had  happened  to 
change  the  picture? 

Quite  a  few  things,  of  course,  had  hap- 
pened since  practice  got  under  way.  How- 
ever, a  re-check  of  some  pre-season  state- 
ments of  Coach  John  McLaughry  showed 
that,  while  he  was  positive,  to  a  degree,  in 
his  appraisal  of  his  1961  squad,  he  was 
also  quite  realistic.  Perhaps  many  of  the 
alumni,  hungry  for  a  winner,  read  more 
into  these  pre-season  statements  than  was 
actually  there. 

The  first  paragraph  of  the  football  story 
in  the  July  issue  of  this  magazine,  for  ex- 
ample, mentioned  the  fact  that  "Mc- 
Laughry was  facing  his  third  season  at 
Brown  with  a  certain  amount  of  limited 
optimism."  The  same  story  mentioned  that 
"The  attrition  this  year  was  relatively  light 
in  regard  to  numbers  but  it  happened  to 
hit  two  key  spots  where  the  Bruins  were 
thin.  The  loss  of  Sophomores  Gryson  and 
Hatt  leave  the  team  without  real  depth  at 
fullback  and  center,  respectively."  Talking 
about  the  ends,  it  was  pointed  out  that 
while  McLaughry  had  more  wingmen 
available  than  before  "in  some  cases  the 
quality  remains  a  question  mark." 

In  early  September,  McLaughry  told  the 
press:  "We  are  going  to  have  to  depend 
a  great  deal  on  Sophomores.  While  they 
have  considerable  potential,  they're  going 
to  need  time  to  develop.  Unfortunately, 
some  of  them  may  have  to  be  in  there  un- 
der fire  before  they're  ready.  Therefore,  I 
feel  that  this  looked-for  improvement  in 
the  team  will  hinge  on  how  quickly  the 
Sophomores  come  along.  I'm  not  looking 
for  miracles  in  the  early-season  games,  but 
I  believe  by  midseason  we'll  be  a  good 
football  team  and  should  surprise  a  few 
people  before  we're  through." 

22  Missing  from  the  Squad 

Since  the  summer  roster  was  printed, 
McLaughry  lost  22  players  on  whom  he 
had  counted  to  some  degree.  The  squad 
was  so  depleted  by  the  first  of  October  that 


the  JV  schedule.  Brown's  first  in  a  decade, 
had  to  be  cancelled  after  only  two  games. 

Here  is  a  breakdown  on  the  men  lost 
since  July: 

Ends — Dick  Laine,  All-Ivy  Senior  wing- 
man  who  last  year  caught  29  passes  for 
288  yards,  is  ineligible.  Sophomore  Carl 
Arlanson  and  Juniors  Bob  McGuinness 
and  Ed  Maley  decided  not  to  play  football 
this  fall. 

Tackles — Senior  Levi  Trumbull  is  ineli- 
gible. Sophomore  Jim  Davis  and  three 
Juniors,  Jon  Briggs,  Dave  Bryniarski,  and 
Eugene  Gaston,  dropped  off  the  squad. 
Sophomore  Carl  Mooradian  was  also  lost. 

Guard — John  Lavino,  a  lad  who  logged 
243  minutes  of  playing  time  last  season  as 
a  Junior,  gave  up  the  game  for  personal 
reasons. 

Center — Senior  Charlie  Coe  cut  foot- 
ball from  his  schedule. 

Quarterbacks — Sophomore  Dave  Sitz- 
man  didn't  report  back,  and  John  Erickson, 
the  number  one  signal  caller  for  the  Cubs 


last  year,  left  the  squad  after  the  Yale 
game  to  concentrate  on  his  studies. 

Halfbacks — Senior  Paul  Murphy,  who 
dislocated  his  elbow  against  Princeton  last 
fall,  was  hurt  again  during  the  summer, 
and  decided  not  to  risk  further  injury.  He 
was  the  team's  best  defensive  back.  Sopho- 
more John  Eustis,  a  converted  watch- 
charm  guard,  was  making  rapid  strides  at 
wingback  until  he  broke  his  wrist  the  week 
before  the  Dartmouth  game;  he  is  lost  for 
the  season.  Sophomores  Ronald  Strasberg 
and  Tom  LaTanzi  didn't  come  out.  Fred 
Avis,  a  Senior,  left  the  squad  to  concen- 
trate on  hockey. 

Fidlbacks — Sophomores  Ed  Sedlock  and 
Phil  Kuczma  didn't  report  back.  Buddy 
Freeman,  a  Senior  who  was  running  sec- 
ond to  Ray  Barry,  was  injured  in  the  Con- 


necticut scrimmage  and  was  expected  to  be 
out  for  the  season. 

Some  of  these  men  might  never  have 
helped.  Others  would  have — eventually. 
But  at  least  they  would  have  provided  the 
coaching  staff  with  some  depth.  After  Avis 
left  the  squad  and  Eustis  broke  his  wrist. 
Brown  was  left  with  two  wingbacks,  Tom 
Draper  and  Bill  Lemire.  The  former  was 
hurt  at  Yale,  and  the  latter  came  down 
with  a  102-degree  temperature  at  the  hotel 
in  White  River  Junction  the  night  before 
the  Dartmouth  game.  As  a  result,  two 
ends,  Nick  Spiezio  and  Dick  Rulon,  were 
routed  out  of  bed  at  dawn  and  put  to  work 
in  the  hotel  room  learning  the  plays  at  the 
wingback  position. 

The  lack  of  manpower  was  made  all  the 
more  evident  that  week  end  by  the  fact 
that  Dartmouth  was  blessed  with  sufficient 
material  to  field  not  only  a  talented  JV 
squad  but  also  two  Freshman  units  (A 
and  B  teams)  numbering  99  men.  The  In- 
dians have  more  men  playing  Freshman 
football  this  fall  than  Brown  has  on  its 
Freshman  and  Varsity  teams  combined. 

When  You  Field  Sophomores 

Despite  the  fact  that  the  first  two  units 
contained  12  untried  Sophomores,  Brown 
looked  fairly  good  in  the  pre-season  drills. 
The  boys  were  eager,  they  hustled,  and 
they  hit  hard.  The  spirit  was  good.  But  in 
the  opener  against  Columbia,  they  played 
far  below  potential.  There  is  no  question 
that  the  Bears  lost  their  poise  against  the 
Lions  when  things  didn't  go  according  to 
the  script.  Once  things  started  going  wrong, 
the  whole  situation  just  snowballed. 

Yale  had  a  "Sophomore"  team  back  in 
1958.  It  went  0-7  in  the  Ivy  League,  fin- 
ished a  dead  last,  and  scored  only  70  points 
to  190  by  the  opposition.  Yet  last  year,  as 
Seniors,  these  same  fellows  won  the  Ivy 
title  with  a  7-0  record,  were  9-0  for  the 
season,  and  were  ranked  with  Navy  as  the 
top  team  in  the  East.  We  don't  say  that 
this  Brown  team  will  come  back  that  far 
because  it  has  definite  limitations.  But 
come  back  it  will,  in  time. 

Brown's  current  Sophomores  got  a  great 
deal  of  publicity  last  fall  when,  as  Cubs, 
they  were  4-2  for  the  season.  By  Brown's 
recent  standards,  this  was  a  good,  but  not 
great.  Freshman  team.  However,  things  are 
all  relative.  By  Ivy  standards  this  was  just 
a  fair  club.  It  lost  by  two  touchdowns  to 
both  Dartmouth  and  Yale.  Its  interior  line 
was  big  and  strong,  but  slow.  The  ends 
were  weak.  The  top  backs  were  good,  but 
there  weren't  enough  of  them. 

Despite  the  slow  start  in  the  first  three 
games,  we  had  the  feeling  that  the  1961 
Varsity  was  not  too  far  away  from  being 
a  representative  club.  Certainly  they 
weren't  as  bad  as  the  cumulative  scores 
would  indicate.  Of  the  46  men  left  on  the 
team  in  mid-October,  only  four  were  Sen- 
iors. There  were  15  juniors  and  27  Sopho- 
mores. 

That,  in  some  detail,  is  the  situation  as 
we  see  it.  None  of  this  is  meant  to  be  an 
alibi  for  the  coaches.  They  need  none.  If 
nothing  else.  Brown  has  seen  to  it  that  all 
Varsity  sports  are  in  the  hands  of  excellent 
coaches.  John  McLaughry  is  a  proven  head 


34 


BROWN   ALUMNI   MONTHLY 


coach.  At  Union,  he  was  17-6-1.  At  Am- 
herst he  was  44-23-4,  and  included  in  his 
victories  was  a  7-6  decision  over  Brown  in 
19.'>3.  Given  the  horses,  he'll  do  all  right 
at  Brown. 

Columbia  iO,  Brou'n  0 

Coach  Buff  Donelli's  Columbia  team 
struck  early  and  often  in  defeating  Brown, 
50-0,  before  8,000  fans  at  Brown  Field. 
Nine  Seniors  and  two  Juniors,  comprising 
Columbia's  first  unit,  cashed  their  experi- 
ence into  smart  play  e.xecution  that  made 
the  Bruins  look  inept. 

The  pattern  of  play  was  set  in  the  first 
five  minutes  of  the  game.  Columbia  won 
the  toss  and  elected  to  kick  off  with  a  20- 
mile-an-hour  wind  at  its  back.  Lemire, 
Sophomore  wingback,  fumbled  the  ball  and 
was  nailed  on  the  Bear  10.  On  fourth 
down,  Ray  Barry,  normally  a  good  punter, 
got  a  hurried  kick  off  the  side  of  his  foot 
from  the  18  and  the  wind  blew  the  ball 
back  to  the  Brown  15  before  it  was 
downed — a  net  loss  of  three  yards  on  the 
boot. 

In  three  plays,  Columbia  had  scored. 
Brown  received,  was  hit  with  a  15-yard 
chpping  penalty  on  the  return,  and  again 
had  to  start  from  deep  in  its  own  territory. 
After  a  19-yard  punt  to  the  Brown  44,  Co- 
lumbia's ace  quarterback,  Tom  Vassell, 
tossed  a  first-down  scoring  pass  over  the 
head  of  an  inexperienced  defensive  back. 
The  rout  was  on. 

Before  the  first  period  was  over,  the 
Lions  had  increased  their  total  to  22 
points.  It  was  28-0  at  the  half  and  42-0 
going  into  the  final  period.  At  that,  Donelli 
was  merciful.  TTie  first  unit  played  only  a 
few  minutes  of  the  second  half  and  Vassell, 
perhaps  the  top  passer  in  the  Ivy  League, 
was  allowed  to  throw  only  seven  passes — 
of  which  he  completed  six.  The  Lions  nor- 
mally throw  about  25  passes  a  game. 

The  Columbia  offense,  a  Wing  T  with  a 
sprinkling  of  Single  Wing  plays,  put  tre- 
mendous pressure  on  the  inexperienced 
Brown  ends  as  well  as  the  comer  line- 
backers. Pulling  one  and  sometimes  two 
guards,  the  Lions  would  send  their  run- 
ning backs  around  the  Bear  flanks  behind 
a  convoy  of  two  and  three  blockers.  For 
the  most  part,  the  Lion  strategy  was  to 
run  away  from  Brown's  strength,  the  bulky 
interior  line,  and  concentrate  on  the  plays 
to  the  outside.  The  strategy  looked  good 
because  Brown's  pursuit  wasn't  quick 
enough  to  cut  off  these  plays  until  they  had 
gone  for  extensive  yardage  on  nearly  every 
attempt. 

Offensively,  Brown  couldn't  do  much, 
penetrating  Columbia's  side  of  the  field 
only  four  times.  The  best  advance  went  to 
the  Light  Blue  two  in  the  fourth  period, 
before  a  pass  was  intercepted  in  the  end 
zone.  The  drive  started  with  the  prettiest 
play  of  the  day,  even  if  it  wasn't  rehearsed. 
Sophomore  Tom  Draper  returned  a  punt 
six  yards  and  while  he  was  being  tackled 
he  lateraled  the  ball  to  another  Sopho- 
more, Jan  Moyer,  who  swept  36  yards 
down  the  sidelines  and  almost  went  all  the 
way. 

The  game  was  costly  for  Brown.  Captain 
Rohrbach   and   Senior   guard   Bob   Auchy 


went  out  early  in  the  second  period  with 
injuries  that  were  to  keep  them  out  of  the 
Yale  game.  Junior  end  Dennis  Witkowski 
re-injured  the  knee  that  was  hurt  a  year 
ago  and  was  expected  to  be  out  of  action 
a  month  or  more. 

Columbia  controlled  the  statistics:  23 
first  downs  to  6,  295  yards  rushing  to  58, 
and  1 1 1  yards  passing  to  27.  McLaughry 
singled  out  the  running  of  Draper  and 
Moyer  as  one  of  the  few  bright  spots.  Line 
coach  Red  Gowen  praised  the  defensive 
work  of  Gary  Graham. 

Yale  1-1.  Broiun  3 

Brown  made  the  trip  back  to  respecta- 
bility in  seven  days.  Although  losing  to 
Yale,  14-3,  the  Bruins  outplayed  the  de- 
fending Ivy  League  champions  most  of 
the  way  and  with  a  break  here  or  there 
might  have  walked  off  with  one  of  the  big 
upsets  of  the  then  young  season. 

Yale  coach  Jordan  Olivar  had  words  of 
praise  for  the  Bruins  after  the  game.  "We 
had  seen  certain  things  in  the  Columbia 
game  movies  that  indicated  that  Brown 
had  the  potential  to  give  us  concern.  But 
we  sure  weren't  prepared  for  the  toughness 
and  hard-hitting  they  showed  us  out  there 
today.  If  Brown  had  had  more  experience 
to  back  it  up,  who  knows,  the  result  might 
have  been  different." 

McLaughry,  although  understandably 
disappointed  over  the  final  result,  espe- 
cially in  view  of  the  many  scoring  oppor- 
tunities, gave  this  endorsement:  "The  men 
certainly  gave  a  complete  turnabout  per- 
formance today.  They  fired  out  as  a  team 
and  kept  the  heat  on  Yale  defensively 
throughout  the  game.  Assignment  break- 
downs, mostly  resulting  from  inexperience 
and  overeagerness,  hurt  us  near  the  Yale 
goal,  but  these  mistakes  can't  detract  from 
their  fine  overall  team  effort." 

Six  Sophomores  were  in  the  starting 
lineup  as  the  Bears  took  the  fight  to  Yale. 
Altogether.  Brown  had  five  drives  inside 
the  Yale  20,  while  the  Elis  were  limited  to 
two  advances,  both  of  which  they  turned 
into  touchdowns.  During  the  afternoon. 
Brown  ran  off  67  plays  to  Yale's  52. 

Brown  scored  midway  through  the  first 
period  on  a  25-yard  field  goal  by  Ray 
Barry,  much  to  the  surprise  of  the  23,605 
gathered  in  the  Bowl.  Barry  also  started 
the  drive  by  recovering  a  Yale  fumble  on 
the  Brown  36.  Jon  Meeker  picked  up  most 
of  the  yardage  on  the  advance  with  some 
hard  running  through  and  around  the  Yale 
line.  A  16-yard  inside  reverse  by  Draper 
brought  the  ball  to  the  Yale  10  and  set  up 
the  field  goal,  which  was  Brown's  5 1st  and 
the  first  since  Bob  Carlin  booted  one 
against  Harvard  in  1959. 

Dennis  Hauflaire,  Junior  quarterback, 
replaced  Captain  Rohrbach  and  did  a  com- 
mendable job  for  a  man  who  had  only  42 
minutes  playing  time  as  a  Sophomore,  and 
most  of  that  in  the  Colgate  game.  Meeker 
was  the  leading  ground  gainer  with  75 
yards  in  19  carries,  while  John  Arata,  255- 
pound  Junior  center,  stood  out  defensively 
for  the  Bruins. 

Yale  won  the  game  with  touchdown 
drives  in  the  second  and  third  periods.  One 
play  beat  Brown,  the  quarterback  pass-run 


option,  which  was  used  effectively  by  Bill 
Leckonby.  The  running  plays  through  the 
middle  were  stopped  cold  and  the  sweeps 
to  the  outside  were  well  contained  by  the 
Bear  ends,  Don  Boyle,  Dick  Greene,  Dave 
Nelson,  and  Spiezio. 

Brown  led  in  first  downs,  14-13,  and  in 
yards  gained  rushing,  176-152.  Yale  had  an 
edge  in  passing,  68  yards  to  47.  Yale  made 
some  second  half  pass  defense  changes 
which  shut  off  this  part  of  Brown's  attack 
rather  well  and  may  have  saved  the  game 
for  the  Blue.  The  Bruins  had  hit  on  four  of 
seven  passes  in  the  first  half  for  41  yards 
but  were  restricted  to  one  of  six  in  the 
final  30  minutes,  for  six  yards. 

Dartmouth  34,  Broum  0 

Coach  Bob  Blackman  turned  a  host  of 
fast,  lean,  hungry  football  players  loose 
against  Brown  on  rain-swept  Memorial 
Field.  Exactly  two  hours  and  ten  minutes 
later,  the  somewhat  bewildered  Bruins  were 
crushed,  34-0.  There  was  no  question  that 
Dartmouth  had  the  horses.  On  a  fast  track, 
they  would  have  been  even  tougher  to 
handle. 

This  was  the  fifth  straight  year  that 
Brown  has  failed  to  score  on  the  Big 
Green.  Not  since  fullback  Joe  Miluski 
bulled  across  in  the  first  period  of  the  1956 
game  have  the  Bruins  been  able  to  pick  up 
a  point  against  Blackman's  tricky  defenses. 
Brown  hasn't  defeated  Dartmouth  since  the 
7-0  decision  of  1955,  the  0-0  game  in  1959 
being  the  closest  the  Bears  have  come.  If 
it  was  any  consolation  to  this  year's  team, 
Dartmouth  led  the  nation  in  total  defense 
going  into  the  game. 

The  Bruins  did  nothing  to  knock  the 
Indians  off  this  perch.  They  invaded  Dart- 
mouth's side  of  the  field  only  three  times, 
the  deepest  penetration  being  to  the  36. 
The  Brown  line  was  outcharged  all  after- 
noon by  the  smaller  but  more  aggressive 
Dartmouth  forward  wall,  and  the  Bear 
backs  seldom  could  get  started.  Blackman 
employed  a  number  of  defenses,  including 
the  four-man  line. 

Another  factor  in  Brown's  poor  offen- 
sive showing  was  the  situation  at  wingback 
where  Spiezio  and  Rulon  were  making  a 
gallant  effort  to  play  the  position  based  on 
a  few  hours  of  drill  in  the  hotel  room  that 
morning.  Lemire,  listening  to  the  game  on 
the  radio  back  at  the  hotel,  phoned  Dr. 
Eddie  Crane,  team  physician,  at  the  Dart- 
mouth field  house  and  pleaded  for  per- 
mission to  play  in  the  second  half.  The 
boy  was  still  carrying  a  high  fever  and,  of 
course,  his  request  was  not  granted,  but 
his  spirit  is  typical  of  the  Sophomore 
group. 

Although  Rohrbach  was  back  in  action 
at  quarterback,  his  timing  was  off,  and  he 
was  over-shooting  his  receivers,  especially 
early  in  the  game  when  the  Bruins  had  a 
number  of  men  open.  Gary  Graham  and 
two  Sophomores,  guard  Ed  Green  and 
tackle  Tony  Matteo,  played  well  in  the 
Brown  line.  Junior  halfback  Parker  Crow- 
ell  was  singled  out  by  McLaughry  for  his 
defensive  work. 

Dartmouth  led  in  first  downs  (19-6), 
yards  rushing  (247-50),  and  yards  gained 
through  the  air  (78-75). 


NOVEMBER    I96I 


35 


Pennsylvania  7,  Brown  0 

Although  showing  substantial  improve- 
ment over  the  Dartmouth  performance,  the 
Bruins  lost  to  Penn,  7-0,  at  Franklin  Field 
on  another  rainy  afternoon.  It  was  the 
fourth  straight  loss,  and  Brown  was  still 
looking  for  its  first  touchdown. 

Taking  the  opening  kickoff,  the  Bears 
marched  62  yards  to  the  Quaker  13,  where 
a  fourth-down  pass  went  astray.  The  drive 
was  featured  by  a  25-yard  advance  on  a 
draw  play  by  Barry  and  two  fine  catches 
of  Rohrbach  passes  by  Draper.  Penn  took 
it  from  there,  going  87  yards  in  10  plays. 
The  pay-off  was  a  43-yard  burst  up  the 
middle  by  halfback  Pete  McCarthy  after 
faking  a  handoff.  With  this  exception,  the 
Brown  defense  was  very  stingy,  almost 
completely  shutting  off  the  sweeps  to  the 
outside. 

Rohrbach,  sound  physically  for  the  first 
time  all  fall,  threw  25  passes  and  hit  on 
eight  for  78  yards.  The  Bruin  Captain, 
who  played  57  minutes,  was  a  constant 
threat  with  his  tosses  and  on  a  dry  day 
he  might  have  been  able  to  turn  the  tide. 
Offensively,  Crowell  and  Barry  were  the 
leading  ground-gainers  with  79  and  67 
yards,  respectively.  Sophomore  halfback 
Bill  Vareschi,  playing  his  first  game,  stood 
out  defensively,  as  did  Crowell  and  Barry 
in  the  secondary  and  Hoover,  Graham, 
and  the  wingmen  up  front. 

Each  team  had  13  first  downs,  while 
Penn  led  in  rushing,  228  yards  to  152. 
Through  the  air,  the  Bear  had  the  edge, 
78  to  20.  Strangely,  in  the  rain  and  mud, 
neither  team  lost  the  ball  on  a  fumble. 

Franklin  Field  has  been  a  jinx  to  the 
Bruins.  In  10  games  they've  played  there 
since  1911.  they  have  failed  to  win.  The 
man  who  set  up  the  winning  touchdown  in 
the  6-0  victory  of  1911,  Wiley  H.  Marble 
'12,  made  the  round-trip  by  car  from  Prov- 
idence (600  miles)  and  was  in  the  stands 
for  the  50th  anniversary  of  Brown's  last 
victory  there. 

Rhode  Island  12,  Brown  9 

Brown's  only  consolation  in  losing  to 
URI,  12-9,  was  the  fact  that  it  finally 
scored  a  touchdown.  The  Rams  blended 
hard-nosed  football  and  inspiration  with 
a  dash  of  razzle-dazzle  in  upsetting  the 
victory-starved  Bears. 

Driving  63  yards  with  the  opening  kick- 
off  for  their  first  score,  the  Rams  were 
never  headed.  They  led  12-0  at  the  half,  a 
half  in  which  the  lethargic  Bruins  were 
limited  to  1 1  yards  rushing  and  23  through 
the  air. 

Brown  scored  its  lone  touchdown  in  the 
third  quarter  on  a  39-yard  march  that  was 
capped  by  fullback  Frank  Antifonario's 
three-yard  plunge  into  the  end  zone.  The 
Bruins  threatened  twice  in  the  final  period, 
reaching  the  URI  five-yard  line  in  the 
closing  minutes,  but  both  drives  were 
thwarted  by  pass  interceptions.  After  the 
last  one,  the  Rams  yielded  a  safety  instead 
of  risking  a  punt  from  the  end  zone. 

Brown  led  in  first  downs  (15-9)  and 
yards  gained  passing  (85-29),  but  URI 
led  in  rushing  (184-130)  and  in  that  all- 
important  measuring-stick — total  points. 


A  New  Challenger  in  Soccer 


THE  REN.^iss.^NCE  in  Brown  soccer  has 
started.  After  victories  over  Yale  (3-2) 
and  Dartmouth  (2-1),  the  Bear  hooters 
found  themselves  perched  on  top  of  the 
Ivy  League,  a  refreshing  change  from  the 
spot  in  the  cellar  occupied  all  last  season. 
In  non-League  games,  the  Bruins  defeated 
URI  (8-1)  and  lost  to  Wesleyan  (4-3). 

Coach  Cliff  Stevenson,  in  his  second 
year  at  the  helm,  was  able  to  put  a  bal- 
anced team  on  the  field.  Well  grounded  in 
fundamentals,  the  players  showed  better 
passing,  trapping,  and  ball  control  than  has 
been  seen  on  the  Hill  in  some  time.  It 
didn't  appear  to  be  a  great  team,  but  at 
least  it  looked  like  a  club  that  wouldn't 
beat  itself. 

Stevenson  realized  the  limitations  of  the 
squad.  "We  have  no  outstanding  strength 
anywhere."  he  observed,  "but  we  do  have 
a  number  of  men  who  can  be  good  on  any 
given  day.  We  lack  depth,  especially  at  the 
halfbacks,  but  if  we  can  avoid  injuries  we 
should  be  able  to  play  on  even  terms  with 
all  of  our  opponents.  The  kids  are  play- 
ing up  to  their  capabilities,  they  have  that 
taste  of  victory,  and  we  could  have  some 
fun  in  the  League  for  a  change." 

Five  members  of  last  season's  7-1  Cub 
team  earned  starting  berths,  while  several 
others  helped  the  over-all  picture  by  forc- 
ing the  veterans  to  go  all-out  to  hold  their 
jobs.  The  five  starting  Sophomores  in- 
cluded Alan  Young  (who  set  a  Cub  record 
by  scoring  25  goals),  Charles  Brillo,  John 
Haskell.  Dave  Wheaton,  and  goalie  John 
Lewis.  The  rest  of  the  starting  eleven  is 
composed  of  two  Seniors,  Capt.  John  Sher- 
man and  John  Holbrook,  and  four  Juniors, 
John  Fish.  Jim  Kfoury,  Bill  Zisson,  and 
John  McMahon. 

Although  Young  picked  up  where  he 
left  off  in  the  scoring  parade  by  driving 
home  two  goals,  the  Bruins  lost  to  Wes- 
leyan. 4-3.  in  the  opener.  However,  the 
team  bounced  back  to  handle  Rhode  Island 
with  ease.  Young  scored  four  goals  in  the 
8-1  decision  over  a  newcomer  to  the  sport. 

The  victory  in  New  Haven  was  Brown's 
first  over  the  Blue  in  13  years,  and  only 
the  fourth  in  the  long  series.  Though  the 
Elis  took  a  1-0  lead  early  in  the  second 
period,  the  Bears  stayed  in  there,  and  Fish 
finally  tied  it  up  at  20:40  of  the  fourth 
quarter,  just  1:20  before  the  end  of  reg- 
ulation play.  Brillo  put  Brown  ahead  at 
1:19  of  the  first  overtime  period,  only  to 
have  Yale  tie  it  up  at  the  40-second  mark 
of  the  second  five-minute  session.  The  win- 
ning goal  came  at  4:05  off  the  foot  of 
Chip  Mason. 

The  undefeated  New  England  champs  of 
1936  scored  Brown's  first  soccer  victory 
over  Yale,  a  3-1  decision.  Sam  Fletcher 
coached  that  team,  and  some  of  the  players 
included  Capt.  Walter  Burbank,  Bill  Mar- 
geson,  the  leading  scorer  in  the  N.E. 
League,  and  John  Reade.  The  1941  team 
shut  out  the  Elis,  2-0,  and  the  1948  team, 
with  All-American  goalie  Rod  Scheffer  in 
the  goal,  won  1-0. 


Brown's  second  Ivy  League  victory  of 
the  season  came  on  a  rain-swept  field  at 
Hanover  by  the  score  of  2-1.  The  Bears 
continually  beat  the  Indians  to  the  ball  and 
controlled  the  midfield  well  all  morning. 
John  Holbrook  and  Armando  Garces 
scored  the  goals,  while  Bill  Zisson,  Junior 
center  halfback,  played  one  of  the  finest 
games  of  his  career. 

The  hooters  continued  an  Ivy  contender 
by  splitting  with  Penn  and  Columbia.  The 
Quakers  won,  4-1,  though  outshot  (35-18). 
However,  Brown  turned  back  a  stubborn 
Lion,  1-0,  on  Alan  Young's  second-half 
goal,  his  ninth.  The  Bears  dominated  much 
of  the  play  against  UConn,  NCAA  tourney 
entry  in  '60,  but  lost.  4-2. 

If  the  "Varsity  soccer  picture  is  encour- 
aging, things  over  on  the  Freshman  field 
are  downright  rosy.  Coach  Stevenson  spent 
a  great  deal  of  time  visiting  high  schools 
around  the  East  last  year  and  his  efforts 
paid  off  to  the  tune  of  29  promising  pros- 
pects on  his  Cub  team.  In  the  first  four 
games,  victories  were  chalked  up  over 
Durfee  Tech  (6-0),  St.  George's  (6-1), 
Tabor  Academy  (4-0),  and  Yale  (5-2). 

The  scoring  star  of  the  team  in  the  early 
games  was  Bill  Hooks,  an  All-Stater  from 
River  Dell  School,  River  Edge,  N.  J.  He 
scored  43  goals  in  his  Senior  season  there 
and  a  total  of  73  over  a  three-year  period. 
This  fall,  he  accounted  for  12  of  the  first 
21  goals  scored  by  the  Cubs.  Coach  Ste- 
venson rates  him  as  the  top  Freshman 
prospect  he's  ever  coached. 

There  are  a  number  of  other  fine  play- 
ers on  the  team,  and  there  has  been  a 
merry  battle  for  starting  positions.  The 
spirit  has  been  high,  and  in  five  scrim- 
mages with  the  Varsity  early  in  the  sea- 
son, the  Cubs  won  three  times. 


CLIFF   STEVENSON:   He's  mode   Brown  soccer  an 
exciting — ond  winning — sport. 


36 


BROWN   ALUMNI   MONTHLY 


First  Loss  in  Two  Seasons 

Coach  Ivan  Fuqua's  cross  country  team, 
defending  New  England  champions,  split 
even  in  the  first  two  meets.  The  Bear  har- 
riers scored  28  points  in  defeating  Con- 
necticut (46)  and  Yale  (50)  in  a  trian- 
gular meet  at  New  Haven  but  were  upset 
by  Harvard,  25-30.  over  the  Butler  Health 
Center  course.  The  loss  was  Brown's  first 
in  a  dual  meet  in  two  season. 

Five  runners  finished  in  the  top  10  as 
Brown  defeated  Yale  for  the  second 
straight  year  and  only  the  second  time  in 
the  last  17  years.  Yale's  nationally  prom- 
inent Bob  Mack  won  the  Varsity  meet  in 
23:33.8  for  the  4.5-mile  course.  His  time 
was  26  seconds  better  than  Brown's  Soph- 
omore. Dave  Farley,  who  was  second. 
Other  Bruin  Point  getters  were  John  Jones 
(3rd).  Tom  Gunzelman  (4th).  Bill  Smith 
(7th).  and  Dave  Rumsey  (10th). 

The  loss  to  the  undefeated  Crimson 
harriers  was  a  bitter  blow  to  Coach 
Fuqua  and  his  Bruins.  Farley  came  in  first, 
winning  by  40  yards  over  Mark  Mullen, 
the  Heptagonal  and  IC4A  mile  champion. 
His  time  for  the  five-mile  course  was 
24:06.3.  However,  Harvard  showed  good 
depth  and  took  the  next  three  positions, 
turning  the  tide  of  victory  in  its  favor. 

The  turning  point  of  the  meet  came  at 
the  four-mile  mark  when  Brown's  Gunzel- 
man, who  had  led  all  the  way.  came  up 
with  a  cramp  and  was  forced  to  fall  back 
with  the  pack.  Without  this  mishap,  the 
Bruin  Junior  might  have  been  able  to  fin- 
ish third  or  fourth,  thus  breaking  up  Har- 
vard's domination  of  the  second,  third,  and 
fourth  positions.  The  Bears  were  weakened 
the  day  before  the  meet  when  it  was 
learned  that  Capt.  Ralph  Steuer.  the  only 
Senior  on  the  team  and  its  number  four 
runner,  had  "mono"  and  would  be  lost  for 
the  season. 

The  runners  came  back  from  the  loss 
to  Harvard,  journeying  to  Hanover  to  win 
from  Dartmouth  impressively,  22-34.  The 
margin  was  even  greater  at  Kingston  as 
the  Bears  trounced  an  old  rival,  19-36. 
Farley  led  the  pack  home  against  both 
Dartmouth  and  Rhode  Island. 

The  Freshman  harriers  showed  extreme 
promise.  Of  the  first  15  finishers  at  New 
Haven,  10  were  from  Brown.  Vic  Boog  of 
Syracuse  led  the  Cubs  to  a  20-41  victory 
over  Connecticut.  Yale  did  not  field  a  full 
team.  Boog  was  followed  by  Bob  Rothen- 
berg  (2nd),  Bob  Wooley  (5th),  and  Brick 
Butler  (6th).  Boog's  time  for  the  three- 
mile  course  was  15:57. 

The  Cubs  gained  a  clean  sweep  as  they 
downed  Harvard,  15-40.  Brown  runners 
captured  the  first  five  places  and  seven  of 
the  top  10.  Boog.  Rothenberg.  and  Wooley. 
leading  all  the  way,  had  joined  hands  for 
a  three-way  finish  when  they  saw  Butler 
sprinting  furiously  from  30  yards  back. 
They  slowed  down  momentarily  to  let  him 
join  them,  but  Butler,  with  his  head  down, 
apparently  missed  the  signal  and  flew  past 
them  to  cross  the  finish  line  first  in  17:02. 
The  other  three  lads  had  a  time  of  17:03. 
This  brought  the  four  top  Bruins  under  the 
wire  within  1 1  seconds  of  the  Freshman 
record  of  16:52  set  by  Farley  last  fall. 


Sports  Shorts 

FOR  SEVERAL  HOURS  on  the  afternoon  of 
Oct.  9,  Brown  was  ranked  in  a  tie  for 
19th  place  in  the  United  Press  Interna- 
tional poll  of  national  college  football 
teams.  The  original  release  of  the  poll 
credited  Brown  with  four  points  in  the 
tabulation  of  coaches  voting,  the  same  to- 
tal as  Auburn,  Purdue,  LSU,  and  Wy- 
oming. Eventually  the  wire  service  sent 
out  a  correction,  explaining  that  a  seventh- 
place  vote  for  Maryland  by  one  of  the 
coaches  had  been  credited  erroneously  to 
Brown.  When  informed  of  the  amazingly 
high  ranking  given  his  then  twice-beaten 
Bears.  Coach  John  McLaughry  admitted 
that  he  was  amazed.  "Obviously,"  he  said, 
"someone  has  goofed." 

The  Freshman  football  team,  smaller 
but  quicker  than  last  year's  group,  split 
even  in  its  first  two  games.  The  Cubs  lost 
the  opener  to  Boston  College  (31-7)  but 
defeated  Dartmouth  (14-7).  It  was 
Brown's  first  Freshman  victory  over  Dart- 
mouth on  the  gridiron  since  1941.  We'll 
report  at  length  on  the  Cubs  next  month. 

When  Ray  Barry  kicked  his  field  goal 
against  Yale,  it  was  the  51st  field  goal  in 
Brown's  long  football  history.  The  first 
one  was  kicked  by  Willie  Richardson 
against  Newton  A.C.  in  1898.  The  longest 
three-pointer  on  record  was  a  42-yard  boot 
by  Bob  Chase  against  Tufts  in  1932.  The 
shortest  was  by  Robert  P.  Adams,  an  eight- 
yarder  that  won  the  1922  Harvard  game. 
W.  E.  Sprackling  holds  the  records  for 
most  field  goals  in  one  game  (3  vs.  Yale, 
1910),  season  (6  in  1910),  and  career 
(10). 

At  the  post-game  press  conference  in 
New  Haven,  Coach  Jordan  Olivar  was 
pointing  out  how  hard  it  had  been  for  him 
to  convince  his  players  that  Brown  was 
capable  of  giving  Old  Eli  a  tough  game. 
"These  kids  play  football  for  two  or  three 
years,  and  they  think  they  know  more 
about  the  game  than  the  coach  who  has 
devoted  his  life  to  it.  That's  why  they  be- 
come good  alumni." 

John  McLaughry  had  a  few  observa- 
tions of  his  own  at  the  same  session.  Some- 
one had  asked  him  how  his  club  could  lose 
to  Columbia,  50-0,  and  then  outplay  Yale 
the  following  week.  "The  more  I  see  of 
Ivy  League  football,"  John  replied,  "the 
more  I'm  convinced  that  you  can't  predict 
the  results  on  form.  Mental  attitude  is  all 
important.  Sometimes  I  actually  think 
these  boys  are  too  smart." 

Bruin  basketball  boss,  Stan  Ward,  was 
rather  upset  this  fall  when  Fran  Driscoll,  a 
highly  promising  Sophomore  back  court 
operator,  ran  into  a  fire  hydrant  while 
playing  touch  football  on  a  street  near  the 
University  and  narrowly  missed  receiving 
a  serious  knee  injury.  "After  Brown  spends 
a  small  fortune  to  set  up  a  40-acre  athletic 
field  near  the  campus  for  the  lads  to  frolic 
in,  my  best  guard  prospect  in  years  has  to 
play  football  in  the  street,"  moaned  Ward. 

Doing  the  public  address  announcing  for 
the  home  football  games  this  fall  is  Brad 
Davol  '48,  former  Director  of  Sports  In- 
formation on  the   Hill.   Brad   is  in   Provi- 


dence now  as  Casualty  Manager  for  Trav- 
elers Ins.  Co.  Previously,  the  p. a.  job  had 
been  handled  very  successfully  for  a  dec- 
ade by  Bill  Metcalf  '45,  Assistant  Secre- 
tary at  Automobile  Mutual  Insurance  Co. 

Bill  Wood,  Brown's  heavyweight  wres- 
tler, took  a  two-month  tour  of  three  inde- 
pendent countries  in  West  Africa  during 
the  summer.  He  toured  Nigeria,  Dahomey, 
and  Ghana  with  a  group  of  10  other  stu- 
dents as  part  of  the  African-American 
friendship  program  of  Operation  Cross- 
roads Africa,  Inc.,  a  voluntary  service  or- 
ganization in  New  York.  Bill  reported  that 
although  Negro  students  of  college  age  in 
Africa  are  fully  aware  of  the  restrictions 
placed  upon  American  Negroes  in  some 
areas  because  of  segregation,  more  of  them 
still  desire  to  study  in  the  United  States 
than  in  any  other  country. 

If  you  melted  down  all  the  young  stal- 
warts who  tried  out  for  Ivy  League  foot- 
ball teams  this  fall  and  divided  the  results 
into  equal-sized  blobs,  each  would  weigh 
190.2  pounds.  This  information  was  com- 
piled and  released  by  the  Yalfi  Athletic 
Association,  which  reported  that  the  aver- 
age weight  was  found  by  feeding  data  on 
500  hopeful  Ivy  footballers  into  an  electric 
computer.  The  computer  also  had  the  word 
on  the  average  height  of  these  500  hope- 
fuls— six  feet  even. 

Former  Bruin  coach,  Tuss  McLaughry 
(1926-1940)  was  back  in  the  news  in  Oc- 
tober. Col.  Earl  H.  "Red"  Blaik,  in  his 
nationally  syndicated  column,  was  noting 
that  the  so-called  "shotgun"  offense  of  the 
San  Francisco  Forty-Niners  is  nothing  new. 
"Actually  the  'shotgun' — a  catchy  term- 
is  the  same  as  the  triple  wingback  Tuss 
McLaughry  used  at  Brown  in  the  early 
'30s.  except  that  the  Forty-Niners  split 
their  ends,"  Blaik  wrote. 

An  article  on  "Columbia's  Taxicab 
Alumni"  was  written  by  one  of  them, 
Quentin  Reynolds  '24,  and  appeared  in 
the  program  the  day  the  Lions  and  Bears 
met  this  fall.  It  is  only  once  a  year,  he 
pointed  out,  that  this  adopted  loyalty  con- 
flicts with  his  basic  one.  There  was  an 
introductory  note  about  Reynolds  by 
Toots  Shor,  who  said  (among  other 
things):  "He  loves  sports  heroes,  and  they 
love  him." 

Bump  Hadley  '28  was  in  the  sports 
pages  at  the  end  of  the  baseball  season, 
notable  as  a  man  who  pitched  in  the 
American  League  in  1927  but  did  not  yield 
a  home  run  to  Babe  Ruth.  Hadley,  now  a 
machine  products  sales  representative, 
hurled  for  the  Washington  Senators  that 
year.  "I  once  told  the  Babe  that  I  wished 
I  had  put  one  in  there  and  let  him  hit  a 
homer."  Hadley  said  in  a  Boston  inter- 
view. "If  he  had  homered  off  me,  at  least 
I  would  have  ended  up  with  my  picture 
on  the  wall  of  his  apartment.  He  had  pic- 
tures of  all  the  pitchers  he  hit  his  homers 
against.  It  was  a  beautiful  thing." 

Stan  Ward,  basketball  mentor,  reports 
that  there  were  only  12  Seniors  on  the  Ivy 
League  starting  lineups  last  year.  Most 
schools  had  unusually  good  Freshmen 
teams,  and  Coach  Ward  expects  a  League 
that  will  be  at  its  post-war  peak. 


NOVEMBER    1961 


37 


Brunonians  Far  and  Near 


EDITED  BY  JAY  BARRY  '50 


1887 

FORMER  Senator  Theodore  Francis 
Green  observed  his  94th  birthday  at 
Jane  Brown  Hospital  Oct.  1.  Confined  to 
the  hospital  in  early  September  with  what 
was  described  as  a  heart  block,  he  was 
making  a  strong  recovery  by  the  time  his 
birthday  came  around.  President  Kennedy 
telephoned  from  his  vacation  home  in 
Newport  to  wish  the  Senator  a  happy  birth- 
day. In  response  to  the  President's  greet- 
ing. Senator  Green  said:  "I  am  coming 
along  all  right.  I  am  glad  to  say  that  the 
worst  is  over  and  I  am  coming  back  again 
strong.  It  was  very  good  of  you  to  call  me 
up  and  give  me  your  greetings  personally. 
It  means  a  lot  I  assure  you." 

A  bronze  bust  of  the  Senator  was  un- 
veiled in  ceremonies  at  the  State  House 
that  afternoon.  After  handling  the  unveil- 
ing. Governor  Notte  told  the  gathering 
that  Mr.  Green  regretted  "he  couldn't  come 
running  up  those  stairs  to  be  with  us." 
Senator  Green  was  discharged  from  the 
hospital  the  second  week  of  October  and 
returned  to  his  home  on  John  St.,  Provi- 
dence. 

1893 

When  Dan  Howard  was  hospitalized  in 
Hartford  last  June,  he  made  the  acquaint- 
ance of  a  young  boy  in  the  bed  across  the 
room.  When  the  boy's  mother  learned  that 
Dan  was  a  Brown  man  she  immediately 
asked  about  Dr.  Keeney.  The  lady,  wife  of 
Arlan  R.  Walker  '38,  attended  Hartford 
High  with  Barney  Keeney  "a  few  years 
ago."  As  noted  last  month,  Howard  is  long 
since  back  home  and  returned  to  his  usual 
activity. 

1896 

Dr.  Theodore  Merrill  writes  from  his 
hospital  in  Creteil  outside  of  Paris  that  he 
is  starting  his  90th  year:  "Stakes  set  for 
the  100th  and  a  new  outlook  when  that 
goal  is  reached."  The  news  from  Brown 
he  found  "grandly  satisfactory." 

1905 
Colonel  Colgate  Hoyt  retired  Sept.  18 
after  having  served  Uncle  Sam  for  55 
years  in  military  and  civilian  service.  In 
late  years,  he  has  been  working  with  Gen- 
eral Hershey  in  the  Selective  Service  Sys- 
tem. 

Ralph  G.  Johnson  of  Chicago  is  headed 
for  the  Sarasota  region  of  Florida  for  a 
month  or  two. 

1907 
Rev.  Levi  S.  Hoffman  is  writing  his  auto- 
biography. "About  half  finished,"  he  says. 
He  is  also  author  of  Jack-in-the-Pidpit, 
the  manuscript  of  which  is  now  in  press. 
An  enthusiastic  reader  says:  "It  is  a  poem 
for  those  who  have  eyes  to  see,  and  ears  to 
hear,  the  truth  that  is  everywhere  evident, 
but  which  very  few  of  us  can  express  so 
incisively." 


38 


Dr.  Herbert  E.  Harris,  Mrs.  Harris,  and 
their  daughter  were  guests  of  the  William 
P.  Burnhams  on  Squirrel  Island  in  late 
summer.  Report  is  that  when  the  boat  with 
the  Harris  family  on  board  pulled  into  the 
Island  wharf,  a  nine-piece  band  struck  up 
a  lively  tune  to  welcome  a  group  of  tennis 
stars  arriving  for  a  tournament.  Herb's 
comment  to  Bill:  "You  certainly  did  a 
great  job  of  welcome.  We  appreciate  it." 

The  Burnhams  moved  from  Squirrel 
Island  at  September's  end  to  a  bungalow 
on  the  east  side  of  Boothbay  Harbor 
"about  five  minutes'  walk  from  church, 
drug  store,  and  shopping  district."  They 
visited  the  Walter  Slades  in  Providence  in 
October  and  saw  many  friends  in  town. 

R.  W.  McPhee.  writing  in  August  from 
Ann  Arbor,  said  that  he  was  reading  In 
Secirch  of  Adam,  by  Herman  Wendt,  and 
that  the  book  took  him  back  to  Lester  F. 
Ward's  courses  in  sociology  and  "his 
'Pithecanthropus  Erectus  of  Dubois,'  of 
which  Wendfs  book   makes  a  great  deal. 

.  .  And  it  confirms  Ward's  statement  that 
'The  ontogeny  is  a  recapitulation  of  the 
phylogeny,'  which  I  can  still  rattle  off  as  if 
I  knew  what  I  was  talking  about!" 

1909 

Alberti  Roberts  has  a  new  address:  Os- 
wegatchie  Hills  Rd.,  Niantic.  Conn.  He 
and  his  wife  have  moved  there  to  be  near 
their  daughter  and  five  grandchildren.  Al 
reports  himself  "fit  as  a  fiddle." 

Dr.  Jim  Hess  receives  the  sympathy  of 
the  Class  on  the  death  of  his  wife.  He  will 
continue  to  reside  in  Oregon  City.  Ore., 
where,  as  a  Congregational  minister,  he 
plans  to  continue  church  work. 

"The  memory  of  a  great  teacher"  was 
saluted  in  the  summer  issue  of  the  An- 
dover  Bulletin  which  carried  a  fine  appre- 
ciation of  the  late  Frederick  M.  Boyce. 
During  his  four  decades  at  Andover,  Boyce 
must  have  taught  more  than  4000  boys, 
the  writer  said.  "He  was  not  a  teacher  one 
could  ignore,  or  wanted  to  ignore.  .  .  . 
He  had  almost  a  genius  for  looking  rum- 
pled, but  there  was  nothing  rumpled  about 
his  mind.  That  had  been  beautifully 
trained  at  Brown,  where  he  took  his  A.B. 
and  A.M.  in  the  same  year.  .  .  .  Fred 
had  no  interest  in  boring  holes  in  his  vic- 
tims' heads  and  pouring  in  knowledge.  He 
knew  they  must  learn  for  themselves. 
Learn  they  did,  as  his  examination  results 
proved.  The  affection  with  which  returning 
alumni  sought  him  out  uncovered  the 
warm  heart  that,  in  the  exact  New  Eng- 
land tradition,  he  never  wore  upon  his 
sleeve." 

1910 

H.  Dane  L'Amoureux  reports  an  inter- 
esting reunion  with  Everett  Frohock  in 
Litchfield,  Me.  After  they  attended  school 
together  in  Central  Falls  and  then  Brown, 


their  paths  seldom  crossed.  Therefore, 
their  recent  meeting  brought  deep  satisfac- 
tion to  both  men.  Frohock  has  lived  alone 
since  the  death  of  his  wife  some  years  ago. 
He  has  two  sons,  one  daughter,  and  several 
grandchildren. 

Claude  M.  Wood  made  a  short  visit  to 
the  Veterans  Hospital.  Providence,  early 
in  the  fall  for  a  checkup.  He  is  living  at 
the  home  of  a  niece  at  116  Groveland 
Ave..  Greenwood.  Warwick.  R.  I.,  and 
would  appreciate  hearing  from  his  class- 
mates. 

Ralph  B.  Farnum  reported  late  in  the 
summer  from  Redondo  Beach,  Calif.,  the 
death  of  his  wife.  She  passed  away  im- 
mediately after  they  had  made  a  trip  to- 
gether with  their  daughter  and  her  family 
to  San  Diego,  Santa  Barbara,  and  Grand 
Canyon.  We  take  this  opportunity  to  ex- 
tend the  sympathy  of  his  friends. 

1911 

Robert  F.  Skillings  is  piloting  the  Men's 
Club  again  at  the  Chestnut  St.  Methodist 
Church  in  Portland,  Me.  He's  also  putting 
his  experience  on  the  Brown  Daily  Herald 
and  other  newspapers  to  good  use  as  edi- 
tor of  the  church's  monthly  newsletter. 

The  Rev.  William  1.  Hastie  is  Associate 
Pastor  of  Linwood  Methodist  Church  in 
Kansas  City. 

1912 

Everett  O.  White  found  a  strange  crea- 
ture wandering  on  his  driveway  in  Barring- 
ton,  R.  I.,  this  fall.  It  was  later  identified 
as  a  crayfish  by  a  Providence  Journal  re- 
porter who  wrote  up  the  discovery.  The 
crayfish  apparently  had  been  bought  for 
bait  and  escaped  from  the  fisherman. 
While  being  photographed,  it  became  en- 
tangled in  scotch  tape  and  died. 

1916 
Francis  J.  O'Brien,  Providence  attorney, 
is  President-elect  of  the  Rhode  Island  Bar 
Association. 

Charles  B.  MacKay,  Director  of  the 
Summer  Science  Program  for  Secondary 
School  Students  at  Brown,  was  a  member 
of  a  panel  at  the  Northeastern  Regional 
Conference  of  the  National  Science  Teach- 
ers Association  held  at  the  Hotel  Bradford 
in  Boston,  Oct.  5  to  7.  His  panel  discussed 
"Science  Summer  Schools  for  High  Abil- 
ity Students." 

1917 
Arthur  B.  Homer,  Chairman  of  the 
Board,  Bethlehem  Steel  Co.,  was  the  first 
to  reply  to  President  Kennedy's  September 
directive  to  12  top  steel  executives  to  hold 
steel  prices  level.  In  his  reply,  Homer  told 
the  President  that  Bethlehem  Steel  "ap- 
preciates" his  concern  over  inflation  but 
declined  to  commit  itself  on  his  appeal. 
Homer  went  on  to  warn  President  Ken- 
nedy that  "the  present  squeeze  on  profit 
margins  has  weakened  out  steel  industry's 
ability  to  remain  sound  and  to  continue 
progress  and  serve  the  nation." 

1918 

Roswell  S.  Bosworth  got  out  the  first 
issue  of  his  new  newspaper,  the  Warren 
Times,  Sept.  21,  the  day  Hurricane  Esther 
made  a  pass  at  Rhode  Island.  Editor  and 

BROWN   ALUMNI   MONTHLY 


publisher  of  the  Bristol  Phoenix  for  over 
30  years  and  of  the  Barrington  Times  for 
three  years.  Ros  now  has  a  paper  in  each 
of  the  towns  in  Bristol  County.  Published 
weekly,  the  new  iVarren  Times  runs  be- 
tween 20  and  28  pages. 

Ralph  Gordon  and  his  wife  are  man- 
agers of  the  swank  Cleveland-owned  Cen- 
tury East  on  the  Isle  of  Venice,  Fort 
Lauderdale,  Fla.  According  to  Ralph,  he 
and  Gladys  have  a  divided  allegiance  be- 
tween the  nostalgia  of  their  Cleveland 
careers,  loyalty  to  the  Cleveland  Indians 
and  Browns,  and  the  serenity  of  the  tropi- 
cal life  they  now  enjoy.  The  Gordons  came 
to  Florida  in  19.^7. 

Walter  Adler.  Providence  attorney,  has 
been  named  President  of  Temple  Beth-El. 
.■\ctive  in  civic  and  community  affairs,  he 
has  served  as  President  of  R.  I.  Camps, 
Inc.,  the  R.  I.  Refugee  Service,  and  Big 
Brothers  of  R.  I.,  and  has  been  an  officer 
or  director  of  several  other  agencies,  in- 
cluding Narragansett  Council,  Boy  Scouts 
of  America.  Walter  recently  completed  a 
two-year  term  as  President  of  R.  I.  Alpha 
Chapter  of  Phi  Beta  Kappa. 

1919 

Arthur  J.  Levy  has  been  named  to  serve 
on  the  Professional  Relations  Committee 
of  the  American  Bar  Association.  The 
committee  has  been  formed  to  consult 
with  the  American  Institute  of  Account- 
ants on  mutual  problems.  Arthur  is  a 
partner  of  Levy,  Carroll,  Jacobs,  and 
Kelly,  1002  Union  Trust  Bldg.,  Provi- 
dence. 

1920 

Willard  Beaulac  posed  for  photo  with 
President  Eisenhower  and  President  Fron- 
dizi  of  Argentina  in  March,  I960,  when  he 
was  U.S.  Ambassador  to  Argentina.  The 
picture  has  been  presented  to  Georgetown 
University's  School  of  Foreign  Service, 
where  Beaulac  was  one  of  the  first  two 
graduates  40  years  ago.  Another  George- 
town honor  came  in  September  when  he 
received  a  John  Carroll  Award  at  the  an- 
nual meeting  of  the  Alumni  Association's 
Board  of  Governors.  Beaulac  is  Deputy 
Commandant  for  Foreign  Affairs  at  the 
War  College  in  Washington.  A  career 
diplomat,  he  was  Ambassador  to  five 
South  American  countries  between  1944 
and  1956. 

1922 

Jack  Fawcett  came  all  the  way  from 
Naples,  Fla.,  to  attend  the  Alumni  Lead- 
ership Conference.  He  was  much  im- 
pressed by  the  program  and  by  the  definite 
progress  being  made  at  Brown.  He  also 
had  the  additional  pleasure  of  sitting  at 
dinner  one  night  ne.\t  to  your  correspond- 
ent's daughter-in-law,  Louise  Dimlich  For- 
stall  P'51,  wife  of  Alfred  E.  Forstall  '50, 
who  had  come  in  from  Alexandria,  Va. 
Jack  summers  in  Montclair,  N.  J.,  where 
he  has  six  grandchildren  to  keep  him  busy. 

John  Cummings  '.58,  son  of  our  late 
classmate,  Howard  "Cubby"  Cummings, 
is  studying  medicine  at  the  Hahnemann 
Hospital  in  Philadelphia. 

Norm  Cleaveland  has  moved  again,  this 
time  to  Cranberry  Highway,  South  Mid- 
dleboro,  Mass.,  where  he  is  near  his  son 


DR.  H.  IGOR  ANSOFF,  Vice-President  of  Lock- 
heed Electronics  Company,  has  been  named  to 
the  new  position  of  General  Manager  of  its  In- 
formation Technology  Division  in  Metuchen,  N.  J. 
The  firm  has  moved  to  establish  itself  in  the  in- 
dustrial data-processing  and  special  purpose 
computer  market.  Brown  granted  his  Ph.D.  in  '48. 


and  daughter-in-law.  Norm,  Jr.  '52  and 
Pat  P'53.  Norm  has  an  interesting  position 
with  Marine  Colloids,  Inc.,  a  firm  which 
refines  and  processes  Irish  moss  and  kelp. 
Every  day  seems  to  find  new  uses  for 
these  products  of  the  sea. 

George  Shattuck's  most  recent  address 
is  9  Chelsea  Parade  South,  Norwich,  Conn. 

Bill  Shupert  reports  that  he  is  making 
plans  to  be  back  on  the  Hill  for  our  40th 
in  June.  Meanwhile  he  continues  as  Pres- 
ident of  the  Philadelphia-Boston  invest- 
ment counselling  firm  of  Studley,  Shupert 
&  Co.,  Inc.  Bill  has  had  long  and  successful 
experience  advising  individuals,  industries, 
and  institutions,  and  recently  he  has  pio- 
neered in  similar  services  for  bank  trust 
departments.  His  address:  1617  Pennsyl- 
vania Blvd.,  Philadelphia  3. 

Sayles  Gorham.  retiring  as  President  of 
the  Rhode  Island  Bar  Association,  presided 
over  its  64th  annual  meeting  in  October. 

Robert  J.  Welsh  of  Winter  Haven.  Fla., 
and  George  Newton  '24  of  Lake  Wales 
recently  had  their  first  visit  since  under- 
graduate years.  Bob  wrote  later:  "We  had 
several  hours  of  what  would  have  been 
called  a  good  'bull  session'  amid  smoke 
and  idealism  at  80  Waterman  St.  We  re- 
viewed and  bragged  as  far  as  memory 
would  permit  the  joys  and  sorrows  of  our 
stay  at  Brown." 

Stuart  H.  Tucker  is  President  of  the 
General  Nathanael  Greene  Memorial  As- 
sociation in  Rhode  Island,  which  is  con- 
templating support  of  the  Greene  Home- 
stead in  Coventry.  Tucker  is  a  Providence 
attorney. 

Brad  Oxnard  was  upset  in  the  Seniors 
Championship  of  the  Rhode  Island  Golf 
Association  in  October,  losing  to  Walter 
Carlson  1-up  on  the  21st  hole  at  the  Paw- 
tucket  Country  Club.  Brad,  who  won  the 
first  of  his  two  State  Amateur  champion- 


ships in  1928,  had  won  the  Senior  event 
the  previous  two  times  it  had  been  con- 
tested. 

Ted  Distler  was  one  of  the  1 1  judges  at 
the  Miss  America  Pageant  in  Atlantic  City 
this  fall. 

Judge  Edward  W.  Day  tempered  justice 
with  a  load  of  coal  recently  in  Federal 
District  Court.  The  agency  in  charge  of 
running  the  R.  I.  Federal  Building  had  let 
its  supply  of  solid  fuel  run  out  because  the 
boilers  were  being  converted  to  other 
fuels.  However,  when  the  temperature 
dropped,  tempers  rose.  Five  tons  of  coal 
were  rushed  in,  the  boilers  were  started, 
and  heat  returned  to  the  court  room. 

W.  C.  FORSTALL 

1923 

Pawtucket  Mayor  Lawrence  A.  Mc- 
Carthy won  nomination  to  a  sixth  term  in 
an  October  primary.  He  had  a  2,500  vote 
advantage  over  his  nearest  opponent. 

Lawrence  Lanpher  was  invited  back  to 
Glen  Ridge,  N.  J.,  for  the  50th  anniversary 
of  the  first  Boy  Scout  Troop  there.  He  was 
a  charter  member  and  one  of  the  Scouts 
selected  to  greet  Baden-Powell  when  the 
founder  of  the  movement  came  to  this 
country  on  an  early  visit. 

Prof.  John  C.  Reed  of  the  U.S.  Naval 
Academy  keeps  a  stake  in  Providence  as 
an  occasional  reviewer  for  the  Sunday 
Journal's  Book  Page.  His  home  in  An- 
napolis is  on  Miller  Rd.,  Cedar  Park. 

Kenneth  Sheldon,  back  in  the  States  on 
leave  from  the  Philippines,  brought  Lorna 
down  from  the  Berkshires  for  the  first  two 
games  of  the  Brown  football  season.  Ken 
will  return  shortly  as  economic  advisor  to 
the  Philippine  Government  for  two  more 
years. 

1924 

George  M.  Newton  is  Manager  of  Ridge 
Manor  Lodge  in  Lake  Wales,  Fla.,  a  large 
and  well-appointed  center  with  a  famous 
cuisine.  It  has  much  to  offer  the  visitor, 
sportsman,  and  resident  in  a  fine  central 
Florida  location.  George  continues  his  in- 
terest in  his  old  preparatory  school.  Way- 
land  Academy,  which  he  has  served  as  a 
Trustee  for  a  good  many  years. 

Howard  N.  Fowler,  in  addition  to  his 
professional  duties  at  the  Mansfield  Press 
(and  News)  is  President  of  the  Annawon 
Council,  Boy  Scouts  of  America.  The 
Massachusetts  Council  completed  a  suc- 
cessful drive  for  $198,000  and  has  begun 
the  building  program  at  Camp  Norse. 

Carleton  Staples,  long  the  pride  of 
Martha's  Vineyard,  became  disenchanted 
with  the  inaccessibility  of  the  mainland 
and  returned  to  New  York  for  another 
brief  fling  at  engineering.  Finding  com- 
muting no  improvement,  he  and  his  wife 
moved  to  Yarmouth  on  Cape  Cod,  where 
Staples  is  now  in  charge  of  the  Welfare 
OtTice.  He's  also  whiling  away  his  spare 
time  hunting,  fishing,  visiting  the  theater, 
and  doing  all  the  things  he  likes  to  do.  far 
removed  from  the  "pressure  of  the  rat 
race  in  New  York." 

1925 

Marvin  Bower  was  one  of  seven  panel- 
ists who  spoke  at  a  New  York  seminar  in 


NOVEMBER    1961 


39 


October  on  "top  management's  expanding 
role  in  marketing."  More  than  400  busi- 
ness executives  attended  the  meetings 
sponsored  by  Container  Corp.  of  America. 
The  panel  found  that  too  many  business 
firms  are  doing  things  the  same  way.  There 
was  agreement  that  business  needs  im- 
proved marketing  to  sustain  profits  but 
split  on  how  it  was  to  be  attained. 

1926 

Doran  Hurley's  new  book  on  Bishop 
John  Hughes  brought  with  it  a  few  notes 
on  him.  including  one  bit  we'd  not  known 
of  before:  In  the  early  days  of  radio,  he 
was  an  announcer  and  station  manager.  It 
was  his  voice  that  announced  Charles 
Lindbergh's  arrival  in  France  after  his  At- 
lantic flight.  Later  turning  to  writing  Hur- 
ley produced  several  books,  among  them: 
Monsignor,  The  Old  Parish.  Herself:  Mrs. 
Patrick  Crowley,  and  Says  Mrs.  Crowley. 
As  a  free-lance  writer,  living  in  New  York, 
he  contribtues  to  such  magazines  as  The 
Magnificat,  The  Catholic  World,  St.  Jo- 
seph Magazine,  America,  and  The  Sign. 

Garrett  D.  Byrnes,  Production  Editor  of 
the  Providence  Journal-Bulletin,  shared  in 
the  compliments  when  his  papers  took  top 
honors  in  typographical  competitions  for 
New  England. 

Prof.  Elmer  R.  Smith,  Chairman  of  the 
Brown  Education  Department,  has  been 
busy  on  the  banquet  circuit.  He  was  a 
panelist  at  a  Sept.  26  Conference  on  Edu- 
cation, Gordon  School,  Providence,  dis- 
cussing "The  Independent  Elementary 
School  in  a  Free  Society."  Then,  on  Oct. 
13,  he  spoke  on  "The  Pursuit  of  Excellence 
in  the  Industrial  Arts"  at  the  24th  Annual 
Convention,  New  England  Association  of 
the  Industrial  Arts  Teachers  Association, 
Newport.  On  Oct.  28,  his  topic  was  "Li- 
braries and  Library  Service"  before  the 
Mid-Hudson  Libraries,  Poughkeepsie,  N.  Y. 

George  L.  Cassidy  has  been  appointed 
senior  associate  and  advisor  of  United 
Public  Relations,  Inc.,  New  York  City. 
Long  a  newspaper  man,  Cassidy  at  various 
times  was  editorial  page  editor,  roving  for- 
eign correspondent,  and  Managing  Editor 
of  the  New  York  Post.  He  has  served  as  a 
member  of  the  New  York  State  Labor  Re- 
lations Board,  and  during  World  War  II, 
as  Major  and  Lt.  Colonel,  he  was  Labor 
Relations  Officer,  SHAEF  Mission  to  Bel- 
gium, and  later  Chief  of  Manpower,  U.S. 
Zone,  Germany.  Recently  he  served  as  ex- 
ecutive director  of  the  American-Israel  So- 
ciety, with  offices  in  Washington,  D.  C. 

George  C.  Cranston  was  elected  to  the 
R.  I.  State  Senate  Sept.  12  by  North 
Kingston  voters  with  a  176-vote  plurality 
over  his  Democratic  opponent.  He  has 
served  as  GOP  Chairman  in  the  Rhode  Is- 
land community  for  several  years. 

1927 

Gordon  E.  Dunn,  chief  forecaster  for 
the  Miami  Weather  Bureau  and  Director 
of  the  National  Hurricane  Center,  was  in 
the  news  quite  often  during  the  month  of 
September.  Dunn  is  unique  for  his  posi- 
tion. He  doesn't  own  an  umbrella  or  a 
raincoat  and  has  never  worn  a  hat! 

Oscar  Fishtein  has  been  named  an  In- 


STANDISH  K.  BACHMAN  '40,  former  New  York 
Soles  Manager  for  The  American  Home  Maga- 
zine, has  been  promoted  to  the  post  of  General 
Sales  Manager.  A  resident  of  Westport,  Conn., 
he  hod  earlier  executive  positions  with  Look 
and  the  Lodies'  Home  Journal.  (Wagner  In- 
ternat'l  photo) 


structor  in  the  English  Department  at  Un- 
ion Junior  College.  A  member  of  the  part- 
time  faculty  last  year,  he  is  a  graduate  of 
the  Harvard  Law  School  and  earned  a 
Master  of  Arts  degree  last  year  at  Rutgers, 
where  he  is  now  studying  for  his  doctorate. 
A  native  of  England,  he  is  married  and 
the  father  of  two  children.  His  address: 
Box  343,  RD  #1,  Jackson,  N.  J. 

1928 

Dr.  Lucius  Garvin  became  Dean  of  the 
College  at  Macalester  College  on  Aug.  15. 
He  is  the  former  Chairman  of  the  De- 
partment of  Philosophy  at  the  University 
of  Maryland,  a  post  held  since  1952.  He 
had  taught  at  Oberlin  for  18  years  before 
that.  He  has  been  Secretary-Treasurer  of 
the  American  Philosophical  Association 
and  a  Trustee  of  the  American  Society  for 
Aesthetics.  Dean  Garvin  received  three 
degrees  from  Brown,  including  the  doc- 
torate. 

Dr.  Robert  F.  Marschner,  Assistant  Di- 
rector of  Information  and  Communica- 
tions for  the  Standard  Oil  Company  of 
Indiana,  spoke  at  a  dinner  sponsored  in 
October  by  the  Brown  Chemistry  Depart- 
ment. It  followed  the  annual  John  Howard 
Appleton  Lecture  by  the  new  President  of 
Rice  University,  Dr.  Kenneth  S.  Pitzer. 

The  Class  was  well  represented  at  the 
Alumni  Leadership  Conference.  Among 
the  classmates  present  were  Dr.  Dean 
Smith  and  George  Eggleston  from  Bing- 
hamton.  N.  Y.;  Judge  Tom  Paolino,  Hi 
Caslowitz,  Jack  Drysdale,  Mason  Gross, 
Paul  Hodge,  and  your  Secretary. 

We  were  quite  pleased  to  finish  first  in 
our  section  of  the  Fund  Drive,  and  much 
credit  must  be  given  to  Tom  Paolino  and 
his  hard-working  assistants.  Incidentally, 
Tom's  son,  Thomas.  Jr.,  is  a  pre-med  stu- 
dent on  the  Hill. 


Hi  Caslowitz  became  a  grandfather 
again  when  his  son  Joel's  wife  gave  birth 
to  a  daughter,  Pamela. 

Attending  the  conference  with  Paul 
Hodge  was  his  daughter,  Judy.  She  was 
graduated  from  Pembroke  in  June  and  is 
following  in  her  dad's  footsteps  by  study- 
ing law  at  Boston  University. 

Dr.  Arthur  Faubert  has  retired  to  Brat- 
tleboro,  Vt.,  after  serving  as  a  dentist  in 
Pawtucket  for  many  years.  Art  and  his 
wife  are  restoring  an  old  home  and  are 
living  at  24  Washington  St.,  Brattleboro. 

Bob  Trenholm  spent  last  summer  in 
Bridgton.  Me.,  where  he  amused  himself 
trying  to  teach  his  granddaughter  how  to 
drive  a  motorboat. 

A  year  from  June  we  will  be  holding 
our  35th  Reunion!  Clint  Owen  and  Al 
Lasker  are  planning  a  bang-up  time,  so 
start  making  plans  to  be  here. 

JACK  HEFFERNAN 

1929 

James  Cantor  of  Lowell  has  been  elected 
President  of  the  Insurance  Brokers  Asso- 
ciation of  Massachusetts,  which  is  the 
largest  such  group  in  the  country  (more 
than  3000  members).  He  is  a  partner, 
with  his  brother,  in  the  firm  of  Cantor  & 
Company  in  Lowell  and  Treasurer  of 
Cantor  Insurance  Agency,  Inc.,  in  Boston. 
He  has  just  completed  a  two-year  term  as 
President  of  the  Merrimack  Valley  Brown 
Club  and  has  headed  a  number  of  business 
and  religious  groups.  He  was  Chairman  of 
the  Lowell  United  Jewish  Appeal  for  sev- 
eral years  and  was  the  first  Chairman  of 
the  Israel  Bond  Drive. 

Dr.  Alden  J.  Carr  has  been  appointed 
Professor  of  Education  at  Bloomfield  Col- 
lege, where  he  is  directing  the  new  pro- 
gram in  secondary  school  teacher  prepa- 
ration. He  had  served  as  Chairman  of 
the  Department  of  Education  at  Texas 
Lutheran  College  since  1959.  He  has  a 
Master's  degree  from  Boston  University, 
an  Ed.M.  from  the  University  of  Vermont, 
and  the  Ed.D.  degree  from  Teachers  Col- 
lege, Columbia. 

1930 

Robert  G.  Raymond,  Deputy  Civil  De- 
fense Director  for  R.  I.  over  the  past  eight 
years,  has  been  named  Director  of  the 
civil  defense  program  in  Rhode  Island. 
Twice  during  his  tenure  as  State  Deputy 
Director,  he  took  courses  at  civil  defense 
staff  colleges — at  Olney,  Md.,  in  1954  and 
Battle  Creek,  Mich.,  in  1957.  He  is  a 
member  of  the  Classical  Varsity  Club,  the 
YMCA,  Navy  League,  and  a  Boy  Scout 
committeeman. 

William  E.  Bennett  has  been  named 
District  Sales  Manager  for  the  Anaconda 
American  Brass  Co.  in  the  Rhode  Island 
area.  Bill  has  been  sales  representative  in 
the  Providence  area  for  18  years. 

1931 
Dr.  Harold  D.  Warren  has  been  named 
Director  of  Medical  Education  at  the  East- 
ern Maine  General  Hospital,  Bangor.  He 
had  been  with  the  Veterans'  Administra- 
tion in  Shreveport,  La.  Dr.  Warren  re- 
ceived his  M.D.  from  McGill  University 
in  1937,  served  his  internship  at  Baltimore 


40 


BROWN   ALUMNI   MONTHLY 


City  Hospital,  and  was  then  Assistant 
Resident  Physician  at  the  Peter  Bent 
Brigham  Hospital,  Boston.  He  served  as  a 
Lt.  Col.  in  the  MCAUS  and  was  Assistant 
Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine  at  New 
York  University  and  the  Belleviie  Medical 
Center.  He  was  certified  by  the  American 
Board  of  Internal  Medicine  in  1943  and 
was  made  a  Fellow  of  the  American  Col- 
lege of  Physicians  in  1957. 

Wes  Moulton,  in  addition  to  his  other 
duties  at  Williston  Academy,  has  been 
named  Director  of  Development,  a  new 
position  at  the  Academy.  He  is  also  serv- 
ing as  Alumni  Secretary,  Editor  of  The 
WilUslon  Bulletin,  and  Director  of  Public 
Relations.  He  is  also  a  member  of  the 
History  Department. 

Dr.  G.  Edward  Crane,  now  in  his  15th 
year  as  athletic  surgeon  at  Brown,  was  a 
featured  speaker  at  a  September  sympo- 
sium on  sports  injuries,  held  at  Providence 
College. 

1932 

James  H.  Higgins,  Jr.,  Providence  at- 
torney, has  succeeded  Sayles  Gorham  '22 
as  President  of  the  Rhode  Island  Bar  As- 
sociation. Alfred  H.  Joslin  '35  is  Chairman 
of  its  Executive  Committee. 

Ivor  D.  Spencer,  on  leave  from  Kalama- 
zoo College,  is  spending  the  year  in  Ger- 
many, where  he  is  lecturing  on  U.S.  His- 
tory at  the  Interpreters'  Institute,  Germer- 
sheim  on  Rhein.  "My  wife  and  I  have 
toured  through  England,  Scotland,  and 
part  of  France,  and  we  hope  to  see  more 
of  Europe  in  time,"  he  wrote. 

Judge  William  H.  McSoley,  Jr.,  of  Cran- 
ston District  Court,  recently  delivered  him- 
self of  a  judicial  opinion  which  may 
interest  Bartlett's  Familiar  Quotations  edi- 
tor. He  discontinued  a  case  of  watermelon 
theft  because  of  lack  of  prosecution.  The 
watermelon  was  valued  at  $1.50  but  the 
defendant  had  to  pay  court  costs  of  $14.15. 
"Cheaper  to  buy  one,"  observed  Judge 
McSoley. 

The  Rev.  Frederic  P.  Williams  is  Ex- 
ecutive Assistant  to  the  Bishop  and  also 
Director  of  Christian  Education  for  the 
Episcopal  Diocese  of  Indianapolis. 

Hugh  S.  Butler,  Jr.,  has  two  other 
Freshmen  as  roommates  in  Hegeman,  also 
sons  of  Brown  alumni:  Lawrence  H.  Con- 
nor, son  of  Henry  W.  Connor  '35  of  New- 
ark. N.  J.,  and  Paul  D.  Hodge,  son  of 
Paul  H.  Hodge  '28  of  East  Providence. 

Paul  Havener's  son  Jeffrey  is  rooming 
in  Everett  with  John  B.  Nolan,  son  of 
John  O.  Nolan  '36. 

1933 

William  G.  Bradshaw  has  been  ap- 
pointed Assistant  to  the  President  at  the 
Rhode  Island  School  of  Design.  After 
serving  as  a  supervisor  in  the  Buildings  & 
Grounds  Department  at  Brown  for  many 
years,  Bill  took  an  executive  position  with 
the  Republican  administration  in  Rhode 
Island  in  1958. 

1934 

Herbert  S.  Phillips  has  been  added  to 
the  staff  of  Improved  Seamless  Wire  Co., 
Providence.  Herb  has  been  marketing  man- 
ager of  precious  metals — gold  filled  and 
allied  products — for  General   Plate  Co.,  a 


division  of  Metals  and  Controls.  He  will 
serve  as  Vice-President  in  charge  of  mar- 
keting. 

1935 

Albert  H.  Daly,  Jr.,  President  of  the 
Weybosset  Pure  Food  Markets,  has  been 
reelected  Chairman  of  the  Retail  Trade 
Board  of  the  Trade  Development  Depart- 
ment of  the  Greater  Providence  Chamber 
of  Commerce. 

David  Hassenfeld,  Providence  attorney, 
has  moved  his  offices  to  428  Industrial 
Bank  Bldg. 

1936 

Edward  Francis  Hand  has  been  ap- 
pointed Associate  Professor  of  Science  at 
Bryant  College.  He  has  held  a  National 
Science  Foundation  grant  for  graduate 
work  in  science  at  Brown.  His  previous  ex- 
perience includes  work  as  Psychologist  for 
the  U.S.  Veterans  Administration,  while 
his  academic  appointments  include  a  posi- 
tion with  the  Providence  School  Depart- 
ment and  with  the  John  F.  Deering  High 
School.  He  is  a  member  of  the  Rhode  Is- 
land Education  Association  and  past  mem- 
ber of  the  National  Education  Association. 

1937 

Two  pre-25th  Reunion  get-togethers 
were  planned  for  the  members  of  the 
Class  this  fall.  The  first  was  to  be  held  in 
a  private  room  in  the  Marvel  Gym  follow- 
ing the  Homecoming  game  with  Prince- 
ton, Nov.  4.  The  second  will  be  in  Carey 
Cage,  directly  behind  the  Harvard  Sta- 
dium, immediately  following  the  game 
with  the  Crimson,  Nov.  18. 

Austin  Peck  has  been  named  an  Assist- 
ant Professor  of  Business  Law  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Rhode  Island.  Professor  Peck, 
who  holds  an  LL.B.  from  the  University 
of   Michigan,   is    engaged    in    the    general 


THEODORE  P.  MALINOWSKI  42  is  heading  the 
reorganized  chemical  sales  activity  for  A.  E. 
Stale/  Manufacturing  Co.  of  Decatur,  III.  He 
hod  previously  been  Industry  Marketing  Manager 
for  the  Chemical  Division  of  Atlas  Chemical 
Industries,    in    Wilmington,    Del.,    moving    Oct.    1. 


practice  of  law  and  has  taught  courses  at 
URI  on  a  part-time  basis. 

Thomas  J.  Watson,  Jr.,  was  a  guest 
columnist  on  the  financial  page  of  the 
New  York  Herald  Tribune  on  Sept.  19. 
"What  concerns  me  most  in  the  present 
crisis,"  said  the  IBM  Board  Chairman,  "is 
that  America,  with  its  great  potential, 
may  not  convert  that  potential  quickly 
enough  and  in  sufficient  strength  to  come 
out  ahead  of  the  Soviets."  We  must  make 
a  maximum  effort,  he  said,  accepting  the 
Russian  challenge  "across  the  total  com- 
petitive spectrum." 

1938 

John  Montgomery  has  been  named  Sec- 
ond Vice-President  in  the  Casualty  Under- 
writing Department  at  Travelers  Insurance 
Co.,  Hartford.  He  has  been  with  the  com- 
pany since  1938  when  he  joined  as  a  spe- 
cial agent  trainee.  He  was  sent  to  Minne- 
apolis in  1940  and  returned  to  the  home 
office  a  year  later.  In  1957  he  was  named 
Secretary  in  the  Casualty  Underwriting 
Department.  He  serves  as  Chairman  of 
the  Management  Conference  Committee  at 
Travelers  and  of  the  Wethersfield  High 
School  and  Junior  High  School  Building 
Committee. 

Dr.  James  B.  McGuire  is  the  new  Chair- 
man of  the  English  Department  at  Spring- 
field College.  A  resident  of  Wilbraham, 
Mass.,  he  has  also  been  appointed  by  its 
Selectmen  to  serve  on  a  committee  plan- 
ning the  future  of  the  Town's  center. 

Cmdr.  Arthur  F.  Newell,  Jr.,  is  stationed 
at  U.S.  Navy  Headquarters,  North  Audley 
St.,  Grosvenor  Sq.,  London.  He  arrived 
in  late  August  and  expects  to  be  there  for 
the  next  two  or  three  years. 

Alfred  S.  Howes,  regional  advanced  un- 
derwriting consultant  for  New  York  with 
Connecticut  Mutual  Life  Insurance  Co., 
was  the  featured  speaker  at  the  September 
meeting  of  the  Boston  Life  Underwriters 
Association.  In  his  present  post,  he  teaches 
business  insurance,  estate  planning,  and 
pension  planning. 

1939 

Dr.  Samuel  Bogorad,  Chairman  of  the 
English  Department  at  the  University  of 
Vermont,  has  been  elected  Chairman  of 
the  New  England  District  of  the  United 
Chapters  of  Phi  Beta  Kappa.  He  is  Past 
President  of  the  University  of  Vermont 
chapter  of  Phi  Beta  Kappa  and  was  a  dele- 
gate to  the  26th  Triennial  Council  of  the 
United  Chapters  in  Salt  Lake  City  last 
August.  The  Vermont  chapter  will  be  host 
to  the  27th  Triennial  Council  in  1964. 

Emery  R.  Walker,  Jr.,  became  Presi- 
dent of  the  Association  of  College  Admis- 
sion Counselors  in  October;  it  is  the  na- 
tional organization  of  college  and  school 
people  who  counsel  college-bound  stu- 
dents. With  nearly  1000  members,  ACAC 
has  opened  a  national  headquarters  in 
Evanston,  III.  In  addition  to  being  in 
charge  of  admission  and  financial  aid  for 
Claremont  Men's  College  and  Harvey 
Mudd  College,  Walker  is  a  member  of 
the  College  Board  Committee  on  Exam- 
inations, the  National  Merit  Scholarship 
Selection  Committee,  the  Need  Analysis 
Committee  of  the  California  State  Schol- 
arship   Commission,    and    the    Executive 


NOVEMBER    1961 


41 


JAY  KANER  '42  has  been  appointed  Director 
of  Advertising  and  Nylon  Merchandising  by 
American  Enica,  major  producer  of  nylon  and 
rayon  fiber.  He  joined  the  company  in  1958  as 
Advertising  Manager.  The  Kaners  live  in 
Fairfield,    Conn. 

Committee  of  the  College  Board  Western 
Regional  Membership.  Providence  friends 
were  expecting  a  visit  from  him  in  Oc- 
tober. 

1940 

Herman  B.  Goldstein  presented  a  tech- 
nical paper  before  the  national  convention 
of  the  American  Association  of  Textile 
Chemists  and  Colorists  in  Buffalo  in  Sep- 
tember. He  is  a  member  of  the  Rhode  Is- 
land Section  and  Technical  Director  of 
Warwick  Chemical  Division  of  Sun  Chem- 
ical Corp. 

1941 

William  C.  Pearce,  who  has  been  asso- 
ciated with  purchasing  for  Gorham  Corp. 
since  1945.  has  been  named  to  the  newly 
created  position  of  Director  of  Purchasing 
for  the  R.  I.  concern.  He  joined  the  Gor- 
ham organization  as  an  Assistant  Pur- 
chasing Agent  in  1945  and  was  appointed 
Purchasing  Agent  in  1953.  Bill  is  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Rhode 
Island   Purchasing   Agent's   Association. 

1942 

Arthur  L.  Thayer  is  administrative  en- 
gineer with  the  Connor  Engineering  Cor- 
poration of  Danbury,  Conn.  A  registered 
professional  engineer,  he  is  a  specialist  in 
plant  engineering  and  air  pollution  control. 
Before  joining  Connor,  he  was  with  West- 
inghouse  and  Johns-Manville. 

Dr.  Leland  Jones,  Providence  surgeon, 
gave  two  lectures  in  October  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Rhode  Island  on  "Medical  As- 
pects of  Cigarette  Smoking." 

1943 
Walter  R.  McKee  has  been  named  Su- 
perintendent of  Agencies  for  West  Coast 
Life  in  the  Pacific  North  West.  His  head- 
quarters are  in  the  company's  new  and 
enlarged  offices  in  Seattle.   McKee  joined 


the  Office  of  Naval  Intelligence  in  San 
Diego  some  years  ago,  transferring  to  Se- 
attle in  1954  as  special  agent  in  charge  of 
Naval  Intelligence  for  the  13th  Naval 
District. 

Paul  Affleck,  acting  Executive  Director 
of  Springfield  Goodwill  Industries,  Inc., 
has  been  sworn  in  as  a  member  of  the 
Massachusetts  Commission  on  Employ- 
ment of  the  Handicapped. 

1944 

E.  Russell  Alexander  has  been  elected 
Treasurer  of  the  Franklin  Savings  Institu- 
tion, Greenfield.  Mass.  He  has  been  em- 
ployed by  the  bank  since  1947  and  has 
been  Assistant  Treasurer  since  1952.  He 
is  a  graduate  of  the  Stonier  School  of 
Banking  at  Rutgers  and  Secretary  of  the 
Connecticut  Valley  Savings  Banks  Junior 
Forum. 

We  asked  the  Rev.  Peter  Chase  about 
his  new  title  at  the  Cathedral  Church  of 
St.  John  the  Divine  in  New  York  City.  "A 
Canon  Residentiary,"  he  replied,  "is 
simply  a  full-time  canon  as  contrasted  to 
honorary  canons."  Chase  is  the  Canon 
Pastor,  primarily  in  charge  of  pastoral 
counselling;  he  also  teaches  and  serves  as 
Chaplain  to  the  Choir  School  and  directs 
the  Cathedral's  responsibilities  to  the  aca- 
demic community.  "Of  course,"  he  added, 
"all  the  canons  have  their  extra-curricular 
duties  in  a  big  city,  together  with  the 
preaching  schedule  and  services  (twice 
daily  and  six  on  Sunday)." 

1945 

Daniel  Fairchild,  who  joined  Fram  Cor- 
poration, Providence,  in  1949,  has  been 
serving  as  Chief  Engineer  since  last  Janu- 
ary. He  is  a  member  of  the  Providence 
Engineering  Society,  the  Society  of  Auto- 
motive Engineers,  and  the  American  So- 
ciety of  Lubrication  Engineers.  Dan  and 
his  wife  and  four  children  live  at  666  An- 
gel I  St. 

Hawley  O.  Judd,  CPCU,  has  been 
named  Assistant  Secretary  in  the  Marine 
Department  at  Travelers  Insurance  Co., 
Hartford.  He  joined  the  company  a  decade 
ago,  was  named  assistant  underwriter  in 
1954,  underwriter  in  1956,  and  Chief  Un- 
derwriter in  1959. 

Robert  P.  Breeding  has  been  promoted 
to  Circulation  Director  of  the  Ziff-Davis 
Publishing  Co.,  New  York.  He  has  been 
with  the  firm  since  1958  as  Budget  Direc- 
tor and,  more  recently,  as  Circulation 
Manager. 

Richard  T.  Downes  has  been  named 
General  Manager  of  the  Rolling  Green 
Motor  Inn,  scheduled  to  open  this  month 
at  the  junction  of  routes  93  and  133  in 
Andover,  Mass.  Dick  was  most  recently 
Director  of  Sales  at  the  Delano,  Miami 
Beach. 

Douglas  A.  Snow  has  been  doing  some 
book  reviews  for  the  Phillips  Exeter  Bul- 
letin. He  is  in  charge  of  the  Book  Store 
at  the  Academy. 

1946 

Dr.  William  J.  Bakrow  has  been  ap- 
pointed Director  of  Development  at  Ca- 
nisius  College.  Dr.  Bakrow,  who  has  been 
on  leave  of  absence  for  two  years  as  a 
doctoral  student  at  Indiana  University,  has 


served  as  Director  of  Development  at  the 
University  of  Buffalo  since  1956.  His 
duties  will  revolve  around  all  aspects  of 
fund-raising,  with  particular  emphasis  on 
industry,  special  gift  prospects,  founda- 
tions, and  bequests.  He  will  also  coordinate 
all  requests  for  research  funds  which  vari- 
ous departments  of  the  college  will  make 
through  him. 

1948 

Roger  Gettys  Hill,  a  few  years  back,  be- 
gan to  visualize  the  need  for  electronic 
equipment  specialists  who  could  supply 
controls  to  manufacturers  of  production 
machinery.  He  therefore  assembled  a  small 
staff  and  formed  his  own  company,  Gettys 
Manufacturing  Co.,  Inc.,  Racine,  Wis. 
Roger  resides  with  his  wife  and  daughter 
at  5000  Wind  Point  Drive,  Racine. 

Bob  Smith  continues  as  owner  of  Clau- 
dia's, Inc.,  featuring  dresses  and  sports- 
wear, in  Lake  Worth,  Fla.  Upon  the  birth 
of  his  third  child  and  third  son  last  sum- 
mer, the  former  Bruin  basketball  star  re- 
ported that  he  and  Faith  were  well  on 
their  way  to  developing  their  own  basket- 
ball team.  "If  I  play,  we  now  have  4/5's 
of  a  team." 

Ellsworth  H.  Welch,  who  had  served  as 
Principal  of  the  Perley  Elementary  and 
Junior  High  School  in  Haverhill,  Mass., 
has  accepted  a  similar  position  in  Long 
Island,  N.  Y. 

Dr.  David  D.  Warren  is  a  Visiting  As- 
sistant Professor  in  Political  Science  at 
Brown  this  year.  He  holds  graduate  de- 
grees from  the  Fletcher  School. 

1949 
Robert  F.  Elliot  has  been  elected  Vice- 
President   of   Massachusetts   Business   De- 
velopment Corp.  A  graduate  of  the  Rut- 
gers Graduate  School  of  Banking,  he  also 


DR.  JACK  W.  FRANKEL  '48  has  been  named  by 
CIBA  Pharmaceutical  Products  to  be  Associate 
Director  of  Virus  Research  in  its  Microbiology 
Division.  He  had  been  directing  similar  work 
at  Norristown  State  Hospital  in  Pennsylvania 
and  was  virologist  for  Merck-Sharp  &  Dohme. 
He  lives  in  Millington,  N.  J.,  and  has  taught 
at    Temple    and     Hunter.    (Bill    Mechnick     photo) 


42 


BROWN   ALUMNI   MONTHLY 


serves  as  an  Instructor  in  Credit  Adminis- 
tration for  the  American  Institute  of  Bank- 
ing. After  three  years  with  the  Chase  Man- 
hattan Bank  in  New  York  earher.  he  has 
been  affiUated  with  the  New  England 
Merchants  National  Bank  of  Boston  since 
1952,  now  serving  as  Loan  Officer. 

Raymond  W.  Houghton  has  been  named 
Associate  Professor  of  Education  at  Rhode 
Island  College.  Last  year  he  served  as 
Curriculum  Director  in  the  Warwick 
(R.  I.)  School  System. 

Constantine  E.  Anagnostopoulos  has 
been  named  Assistant  Director  of  Research 
at  the  Organic  Chemicals  Division  of 
Monsanto  Chemicals  Co.,  Nitro,  W.  Va. 

Bruce  E.  Porter  has  been  named  to  the 
newly  created  position  of  District  Manager 
for  Shawinigan  Resins.  He  is  located  in 
Strongsville,  O. 

John  R.  Matthesen  has  been  named  an 
Assistant  Secretary  with  Connecticut  Gen- 
eral Life  Insurance  Co.,  Hartford.  He 
joined  the  firm  in  1949  in  the  Underwrit- 
ing Division  of  the  Group  Department.  He 
was  appointed  an  underwriter  in  1957  and 
since  1959  has  been  a  senior  underwriter. 

Paul  Flick  is  at  Fort  Hill  High  in  Cum- 
berland, Md.,  where  he  handles  three 
sports.  He  is  head  track  and  wrestling 
coach  and  assistant  football  coach. 

Dr.  Kenneth  B.  Nanian  has  his  new  of- 
fice in  The  Physicians'  Office  Building.  110 
Lockwood  St.,  Providence.  It's  located  on 
the  grounds  of  the  R.  I.  Hospital. 

1950 

John  J.  Sullivan,  Jr.,  Field  Underwriter 
with  New  York  Life  Insurance  Co.,  was 
awarded  the  coveted  Chartered  Life  Un- 
derwriter designation  at  the  National  Con- 
ferment E.xercises  of  the  American  College 
of  Life  Underwriters  in  Denver,  Sept.  27. 
After  positions  with  the  American  To- 
bacco Company  and  the  United  States 
Rubber  Co.,  Jack  joined  his  father  in  The 
Sullivan  Agency,  Danbury,  Conn.,  in  1954. 
Since  1955,  he  has  been  associated  with 
New  York  Life,  with  offices  at  7  West  St., 
Danbury.  He  is  a  member  of  the  Jaycees, 
Chamber  of  Commerce,  and  is  First  Vice- 
President  of  the  Danbury  Association  of 
Life  Underwriters.  Jack  and  his  wife  and 
their  four  children  live  at  12  Topstone  Dr., 
Danbury. 

Fred  Kozak,  Brown's  Assistant  Purchas- 
ing Agent,  is  making  rapid  strides  as  a 
member  of  the  Boston  Chapter  of  the 
Eastern  Collegiate  Football  Officials  As- 
sociation. In  October  he  worked  a  Harvard 
Jayvee  game  on  a  Friday  afternoon  and 
then  took  in  the  Penn  State-Boston  Uni- 
versity game  that  night  as  guest  of  Rip 
Engle  and  Joe  Paterno. 

Joseph  W.  Adams  is  with  Bettcher  Man- 
ufacturing Corp.,  Cleveland,  in  the  Panel- 
bloc  Division.  He  is  serving  as  Chairman 
of  the  Technical  Committee  for  the  infra- 
red gas-fired  radiant  heater  group  of  Gas 
Appliance  Manufacturers  Association. 

Selwyn  Ackerman  of  the  Guardian  Life 
Insurance  Co.,  has  been  awarded  a  new 
scholarship  by  the  Rhode  Island  Hospital 
Trust  Co.  The  scholarship  covers  tuition 
for  courses  given  under  the  auspices  of 
Rhode  Island  Chapter,  American  Society 
of    Chartered    Life    Underwriters    at    the 


University  of  Rhode  Island.  He  was  one  of 
two  winners  from  a  group  of  candidates 
judged  by  the  association. 

David  C.  Rothman  lectured  on  Pen- 
sions and  Profit-Sharing  and  on  Estate 
Planning  of  Employee  Benefits  at  the  1961 
summer  session  of  the  Practising  Law  In- 
stitute, He  has  spoken  on  these  subjects 
throughout  Southern  New  England  and 
the  Middle  Atlantic  area,  before  groups  of 
attorneys,  accountants,  stockbrokers,  bank- 
ers, college  students,  and  others.  He  has 
written  articles  in  the  past  year  for  Trusts 
and  Estates,  The  Journal  of  Accountancy, 
the  Connecticut  C.P.A.,  and  the  19th  an- 
nual pension  study  of  The  Journal  of 
Commerce.  Dave  is  an  employee  benefit 
plan  consultant  with  the  David  C.  Roth- 
man Co.,  55  Liberty  St..  New  York  City. 

Richard  H.  Hallett,  Treasurer  of  Town- 
send  and  Hallett,  Inc..  Realtors,  has  been 
elected  President  of  Council  N  in  the 
Brokers'  Institute  of  the  Greater  Boston 
Real  Estate  Board.  He  is  also  President  of 
Framingham  Builders,  Inc. 

Cmdr.  Alfred  A.  Forcier  has  been 
named  Commanding  Officer  of  the  Navy's 
Tactical  Squadron  21  at  Norfolk,  Va.  He 
had  served  as  Inspector  General  on  the 
Staff  of  Navy  Air  Training  at  the  Naval 
Air  Station.  Pensacola,  Fla.,  prior  to  as- 
suming his  new  command. 

Theodore  R.  Crane  has  been  appointed 
Assistant  Professor  of  History  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Denver,  where  he  is  teaching 
courses  and  seminars  in  American  social 
and  intellectual  history  as  well  as  the 
early  national  period.  In  addition,  he  is 
directing  the  internship  program  for  pro- 
spective college  history  teachers.  He  con- 
tinues work  on  his  biography  of  Brown's 
President  Francis  Wayland. 

Fletcher  W.  Ward  has  been  named  Vice- 
President,  General  Sales  Manager,  and  a 
Director  of  Red  Ball  Motor  Freight,  Inc., 
Dallas-based  motor  freight  carrier. 

Efthemios  Bentas,  Lowell  attorney,  has 
been  sworn  in  by  Governor  John  A.  Voipe 
as  an  Assistant  District  Attorney  of  Mid- 
dlesex County,  Mass.  He  has  been  asso- 
ciated with  the  District  Attorney's  oflice 
since  December  of  1956,  when  he  was  first 
appointed  a  docket  clerk. 

Robert  D.  Hall,  Jr.,  has  been  elected 
Vice-President  of  Eastern  New  England 
Chapter,  Association  of  Industrial  Ad- 
vertisers. He  is  Industrial  Account  Super- 
visor of  London  Advertising  Inc.,  Boston. 

James  H.  Roberts  has  been  named 
Treasurer  and  a  Director  of  the  Wrentham 
(Mass.)  Co-Operative  Bank.  Jim  is  also  a 
Massachusetts  Certified  Public  Accountant. 

Dr.  Milton  Hodosh  is  a  new  "assistant 
member"  of  the  Brown  University  Insti- 
tute of  Health  Sciences,  doing  research  in 
addition  to  his  private  practice  in  Provi- 
dence as  a  dentist. 

Alvin  C.  Teschner  has  been  named  Re- 
tail Sales  Manager  for  Cincinnati  Sales 
with  the  Standard  Oil  Co.  He  has  moved 
to  Cincinnati  from  Canton,  O.,  where  he 
was  Manager  of  C  onsumer  Sales.  Jim  has 
been  with  the  firm  since  1952,  when  he 
started  as  a  sales  trainee. 

John  A.  Bruce  has  taken  a  position  as 
resident  engineer  with  Stanley  Engineering 
(Nigeria)  Ltd.,  whose  home  office  is  Mus- 


GEORGE  I.  BOYER,  project  engineer  at  the 
IBM  FSD  Space  Guidance  Center,  Owego,  N.  Y., 
has  been  appointed  Manager  of  Navy  Systems 
Design  there.  He  received  his  Brown  M.Sc.  in  1949. 


catine,  Iowa.  He  and  Dolores  and  their 
two  children,  Betsy  (5'/2  )  and  Amy  UV2), 
will  be  located  somewhere  in  Lagos, 
Nigeria,  for  the  next  30  months. 

Bill  DeNuccio,  Director  of  the  Rhode 
Island  Legislative  Council,  was  scheduled 
to  go  on  active  duty  in  October  with  the 
102nd  Air  Control  and  Warning  Squadron 
of  the  R.  I.  National  Guard,  in  which  he 
holds  the  rank  of  Captain.  (European  duty 
was  in  the  offing.)  Bill,  who  has  been  in 
the  State  service  for  12  years,  will  be 
granted  military  leave  by  the  State. 

John  P.  Bourcier  is  serving  as  Town 
Solicitor  in  Johnston,  R.  I.  At  a  recent 
testimonial  dinner,  he  said:  "I'm  in  politics 
not  because  I  want  to  be  but  because  I  feel 
in  some  small  way  I  can  contribute  my 
share  to  the  town.  As  soon  as  every  plank 
in  the  Democrat  platform  is  complete, 
I'm  returning  to  my  full-time  practice  of 
law." 

Donald  C.  Miller  has  joined  his  father, 
Kenneth  C.  Miller,  in  an  architectural 
partnership.  Their  offices  are  located  at 
435  Notre  Dame  Lane,  Baltimore  12. 

1951 

John  F.  Besozzi,  Jr.,  Torrington,  Conn., 
attorney,  is  associated  with  the  law  firm  of 
Speziale,  Metting.  Lefebre  &  Burns.  The 
firm  maintains  offices  at  the  Lawyers 
Building.  365  Prospect  St.,  Torrington,  and 
at  201  Main  St.,  Thomaston.  John  received 
his  Law  degree  from  the  University  of 
Connecticut  last  June  and  passed  the  Con- 
necticut Bar  Examination  the  same  month. 

David  A.  Buckley  of  Brockton,  Mass.,  a 
man  whose  efforts  made  the  1961  Brock- 
ton Fair  one  of  the  most  successful  in  its 
long  and  traditional  history,  served  as  Ex- 
hibit Director  of  the  Plymouth  County 
Fair,  Sept.  28  to  Oct.  1.  Dave  is  President 
of  the  Walter  J.  Burke  Insurance  Agency 
of  Brockton. 

Harry  L.  Dicks  is  at  the  University  of 
Washington   doing   graduate   work    in    the 


NOVEMBER    19(il 


43 


Far  Eastern  and  Slavic  Department.  Dur- 
ing a  decade  of  government  service,  he  had 
tours  of  duty  that  included  Thailand, 
Greece.  Laos,  and  Korea. 

William  A.  Welch,  Jr.,  has  been  named 
First  Assistant  Superintendent  of  Schools 
in  Peabody,  Mass.  He  had  been  Principal 
of  the  Kiley  Brothers'  Memorial  School. 
Salem,  for  the  past  five  years.  He  holds  a 
Master's  in  Education  from  Boston  Uni- 
versity and  has  done  special  work  in  school 
administration  and  other  educational  areas 
at  Harvard,  Boston  College,  Syracuse,  and 
Maine. 

James  A.  Coleman,  Jr.,  is  Vice-President 
of  DeWitt  Hall  Junior  College,  which 
opened  this  fall  in  Bristol,  Conn.,  with  an 
enrollment  of  100  students.  It  is  a  two- 
year  undergraduate  Liberal  Arts  institution 
offering  advanced  programs  of  study  at 
the  post-secondary  level. 

Albert  E.  Mink,  a  guidance  teacher  at 
Oliver  Hazard  Perry  Junior  High  School  in 
Providence,  has  been  promoted  to  be 
Assistant  Principal. 

1952 

Joseph  F.  Dardano  has  been  appointed 
Instructor  in  Psychology  at  the  University 
of  Rhode  Island.  For  the  past  two  years 
he  has  been  on  the  staff  of  the  Behavior 
Research  Laboratory  at  Anna  State  Hos- 
pital, Anna,  111.  He  received  his  M.A.  from 
Boston  University  and  his  Ph.D.  from  the 
University  of  Maryland. 

Clinton  J.  Pearson,  President  of  the 
Pearson  Corp.,  Bristol,  announced  in 
October  that  his  boat-building  company 
has  acquired  two  tracts  of  land  totaling  75 
acres  in  Portsmouth.  The  land  will  be  used 
as  the  site  for  a  new  manufacturing  plant 
which  is  expected  to  cost  over  a  million 
dollars. 

Norman  C.  Cleaveland,  Jr.,  with  his  wife 
Pat  P'33,  owns  and  operates  Old  Hell's 
Blazes  Ordinary  at  South  Middleboro. 
Mass.  This  somewhat  arresting  name  de- 
rives from  tin  smelters  formerly  operating 
in  the  vicinity. 

Dr.  John  D.  Hutchinson  has  opened  an 
oflice  for  the  practice  of  oral  surgery  at 
1087  Framingham  Ave.,  West  Hartford, 
Conn. 

Lester  L.  Halpern  has  been  named  In- 
structor in  Managerial  Accounting  at  the 
Graduate  School  of  Business  Administra- 
tion, Western  New  England  College.  Since 
1959,  Les  has  been  self-employed  as  a 
certified  public  accountant  in  Holyoke  and 
Springfield,  Mass. 

George  G.  Vest  was  admitted  to  the 
Connecticut  Bar  after  passing  the  June  ex- 
amination; this  fall  he  joined  Cummings 
and  Lockwood,  a  law  firm  with  offices  in 
Stamford,  Greenwich,  and  Darien.  A  1958 
graduate  of  the  University  of  Virginia  Law 
School,  he  served  on  the  Board  of  Editors 
of  the  Virginia  Law  Review  while  a 
student. 

Ted  Selover  has  been  elected  an  asso- 
ciate member  of  Sigma  Xi  by  Western 
Reserve,  where  he  is  continuing  work  on 
his  doctorate  in  Chemistry. 

Dr.  Robert  A.  Goodell,  Jr.,  has  returned 
from  Australia,  where  he  was  in  pediatrics 
for  a  year.  He  is  now  serving  as  Chief  in 


ROBERT  P.  BRAINARD  '51  of  Kingston,  N.  Y., 
is  the  new  Research  and  Development  Contracts 
Manager  of  the  IBM  Federal  Systems  Division 
Command  Control  Center  there.  He's  held  various 
posts  at  the  Center  since  1955  and  is  active  in 
community  affairs,  notably  as  President  of  the 
Association    for    the    Help    of    Retarded    Children. 


Medical  Residence  at  the  Boston  Children's 
Hospital. 

1953 

Deene  Danforth  Clark,  Associate  Min- 
ister of  the  First  Congregational  Church, 
Amherst,  Mass.,  was  ordained  Oct.  1.  A 
1957  graduate  of  the  Harvard  Divinity 
School,  he  received  the  degree  of  Bachelor 
of  Divinity  last  June.  Several  years  ago,  he 
received  a  Danforth  Foundation  grant  and 
was  a  chaplain  at  the  University  of  North 
Carolina.  On  hand  for  the  Amherst  cere- 
mony were  John  Haley  '19  and  Mrs. 
Haley,  parents  of  Mrs.  Clark. 

Walter  E.  Arute,  having  finished  his 
residency  training  at  the  University  of 
Iowa,  has  been  appointed  to  the  Naval 
Hospital,  Chelsea,  Mass.,  as  an  ear,  nose, 
and  throat  consultant.  He  plans  to  spend 
two  years  in  the  Navy  under  the  Berry 
Plan,  as  a  consultant,  prior  to  entering 
private  practice. 

1954 

J.  Gerald  Sutton  has  been  promoted 
from  Personnel  Supervisor  to  Employee 
Relations  Supervisor  at  Brunswick  Corpo- 
ration's 1,200-employee  MacGregor  Sport 
Products  Division  in  Cincinnati.  His  new 
duties  will  include  the  responsibility  for 
personnel  administration  and  labor  rela- 
tions at  MacGregor's  three  operating  loca- 
tions. 

The  Rev.  Loring  William  Chadwick  has 
assumed  the  position  of  Assistant  Minister 
at  Trinity  Episcopal  Church,  Newport.  He 
received  his  B.D.  degree  in  1957  from 
Episcopal  Theological  School  in  Cam- 
bridge, Mass.,  and  was  ordained  to  the 
diaconate  on  June  15  of  that  year  and  to 
the  priesthood  on  Feb.  22,  1958.  Before 
coming  to  Newport,  he  was  Curate  at  All 
Saints  Memorial  Church,   Providence.   He 


has  served  as  Rector  of  St.  George's 
Church  in  Newport. 

Charles  S.  Genovese  is  a  member  of  the 
Faculty  for  the  Kent  School  for  Boys. 
After  receiving  his  Master's  in  English 
from  Boston  University,  he  spent  several 
years  at  the  Millbrook  School  for  Boys  be- 
fore taking  his  current  position. 

Dr.  Paul  B.  Taylor  is  an  Instructor  in 
English  at  Brown  this  year.  He  received  a 
Brown  Ph.D.  last  June  after  an  earlier 
Master's  degree  from  Wesleyan.  He  is  serv- 
ing as  Faculty  advisor  to  the  basketball 
team. 

1955 

Cosmo  Chirico  is  with  the  G.  H.  Walker 
Company  in  Providence  as  an  assistant 
securities  cashier.  He  is  also  working  to- 
ward an  M.B.A.  at  the  Northeastern 
Graduate  School  of  Business. 

From  the  "blue  grass"  country  of  Ken- 
tucky, Dick  DeCamp  writes  that  he  made 
the  big  transfer  from  Cincinnati  and  the 
Central  Trust  Company  there  in  July.  Dick 
is  in  Lexington,  where  he  is  connected  with 
the  Taft  Broadcasting  Company  (Lexing- 
ton Station  WKYT).  He  says  he  is  finding 
his  new  work  exciting,  although  the  Ken- 
tucky countryside  also  has  a  "definite 
effect." 

Paul  Carrier  isn't  far  from  the  Bear's 
Den.  He  is  in  machine  design  engineering 
with  the  Brown  and  Sharpe  Manufacturing 
Co.,  Providence.  Paul  also  writes  that  he 
has  yet  to  make  the  matrimony  column  in 
the  BAM. 

When  I  last  saw  Gene  Bloch  on  campus 
in  the  spring,  he  was  headed  for  Harvard 
Graduate  School  to  embark  on  studies  in 
astronomy.  At  that  time  Gene  was  com- 
pleting his  advanced  work  in  mathematics 
at  Brown. 

Dr.  Eugene  Chernell  is  the  Senior  Resi- 
dent Psychiatrist  at  the  Cincinnati  General 
Hospital  and  is  a  member  of  the  staff  at 
the  University  of  Cincinnati  College  of 
Medicine,  Department  of  Psychiatry.  Gene 
is  looking  forward  to  a  full-time  practice 
in  the  near  future,  although  at  present  he 
is  having  a  hard  time  deciding  between  the 
appeal  of  New  York  and  a  new-found 
attraction  for  the  Midwest.  Mrs.  C,  how- 
ever, prefers  the  "frontier,"  and  Gene  feels 
the  matter  is  consequently  settled. 

Dick  Coveney  writes  from  his  new  home 
in  North  Scituate,  R.  I.,  that  his  two-year- 
old  company.  High  Temperature  Materials 
Inc.,  is  doing  very  well  with  300  em- 
ployees, several  dramatic  and  promising 
products,  and  a  few  Brown  men  around  to 
help  out.  Dick  feels  he  is  fortunate  in  be- 
ing near  Brown,  where  he  says  some  very 
interesting  work  is  being  done  in  materials. 
Kymn  Ann  was  2  years  old  in  August. 

Dick  Zavarine  is  in  his  last  year  at  the 
Boston  University  Medical  School  and  is 
spending  much  of  this  time  "in  the  field" 
with  a  month  or  two  in  each  of  several 
hospitals.  Dick  is  looking  forward  to  a 
month's  stint  at  the  Huggins  Hospital  in 
Wolfeboro,  N.  H.,  "which  is  noted  as  one 
of  the  best  rural  hospitals  in  New  Eng- 
land." The  future  is  a  bit  uncertain,  but 
Dick  claims  this  is  not  extraordinary  for 
the  student  on  the  verge  of  the  M.D.  He 
feels  there  is  yet  ample  time  to  decide  on 


44 


BROWN    ALUMNI    MONTHLY 


the  special  field  in  which  he  will  ultimately 
practice. 

Dr.  William  W.  Simmons  and  his  wife 
were  both  patients  early  this  fall  at  the 
Norfolk  Navy  Hospital. 

Lt.  Jim  Funk  is  still  in  Monterey,  Calif., 
where  he  has  started  his  third  and  final 
year  of  studies  in  Ordnance  Engineering 
at  the  U.  S.  Naval  Postgraduate  School. 
He  states  the  student  life  is  rather  hectic 
but  that  the  rewards  compensate  the  duty. 
"I'm  looking  forward  to  returning  to  an 
East  Coast  squadron  next  summer  and  fly- 
ing something  a  little  more  modern  than 
the  Navy's  old  'Beech'." 

Stu  Erwin  has  moved  from  CBS  to 
Benton  &  Bowles,  Inc.,  Advertising,  where 
he  is  Manager  of  Syndicated  Programming 
and  Film  Operations  in  the  Television 
Programming  Department. 

Harry  Devoe  expects  to  graduate  from 
the  University  of  Virginia  Law  School  in 
January,  unless  he  is  called  back  to  active 
military  duty.  He  managed  a  two-week  va- 
cation trip  to  New  England  last  summer. 
He  reported  seeing  John  Aldrich  and  his 
wife  in  Newport. 

Robert  C.  Knowles  received  his  Ph.D. 
degree  from  Western  Reserve  University 
on  Sept.  8.  He  plans  to  continue  with  post- 
doctoral studies  there. 

Dave  Zucconi,  a  member  of  the  Admis- 
sion Office  on  the  Hill,  still  manages  to  get 
in  a  game  of  football  now  and  then.  For 
the  second  straight  year  he  is  playing  half- 
back and  end  for  the  Providence  Steam 
Roller,  a  semi-pro  outfit.  He  has  looked 
especially  adept  at  pulling  in  passes,  espe- 
cially for  an  "old"  man,  and  scored  on  a 
20-yarder  in  the  Roller's  second  game.  He's 
also  serving  as  backfield  coach  for  the  Cub 
football  gridders. 

Dr.  Norman  Cardoso,  another  medical 
man,  is  with  the  Rhode  Island  Hospital  as 
a  resident  in  otolaryngology.  The  hospital 
is  sending  Norm  this  fall  to  the  University 
of  Pennsylvania  Graduate  School  of  Medi- 
cine for  a  year's  postgraduate  training, 
after  which  he  will  spend  two  more  years  at 
the  R.  I.  Hospital  before  going  into  practice. 

Bill  Corbus  is  in  his  last  year  at  Benja- 
min Franklin  University  in  Washington. 
Next  June  he  will  receive  a  B.C.S.  degree, 
but  plans  to  continue  for  two  additional 
years  in  the  Master's  program. 

Dave  Bullock,  who  is  still  employed  by 
the  United  Business  Service  of  Boston  as 
an  investment  consultant,  sends  an  in- 
formative bulletin  about  a  few  Brunonians 
in  his  territory:  he  mentions  seeing  a  lot 
of  Marty  Mullin  '55,  a  customers'  man 
with  Hill,  Darlington  and  Grimm;  Bill 
Dyer  and  George  Packard  ( both  Class  of 
'56)  Dave  sees  occasionally — they  are  with 
H.  C.  Wainwright  Company  in  the  North 
Shore  Shopping  Center. 

Herb  Melendy  is  still  an  instructor  with 
the  York  Country  Day  School  in  Pennsyl- 
vania. Herb  had  an  impressive  teaching 
schedule  with  something  in  the  area  of  five 
difl'erent  preparations  from  the  7th  through 
I2th  grades.  In  addition  Herb  teaches 
chorus  which  he  claims  is  a  "bit  of  a  rub" 
but  a  long  way  from  the  one-room  school- 
house. 

Francis  Brooks,  Jr.,  recently  completed 


graduate  work  at  Brown  for  his  Master  of 
.'Vrts  degree  in  teaching.  After  two  years  in 
Providence  schools,  he  headed  for  Tulsa, 
where  he  is  teaching  at  the  Holland  Hall 
School.  He  mentions  that  Steve  Booth,  a 
classmate,  is  also  on  the  Faculty  there.  In 
Providence  he  enjoyed  visits  by  Bruce  Niel- 
son  and  George  Caffrey. 

Don  Dalbec  has  been  working  for  the 
Socony  Mobil  Oil  Company  in  Boston. 
Don,  his  wife,  and  two  young  daughters 
live  on  the  South  Shore  at  404  Jerusalem 
Rd.  in  Cohasset. 

Much  news  there  is  from  San  Francisco 
about  '55ers.  About  a  year  ago  George 
Calnan  traveled  west  and  converted  (not 
without  some  sweat,  blood  and  tears)  the 
famous  bar  "The  Place"  in  San  Francisco's 
North  Beach  section  into  an  art  gallery, 
which  he  christened  "The  Prism"  (1546 
Grant  Avenue).  In  his  travels  in  and  about 
this  mecca,  George  writes  of  meeting 
Harris  Stone,  who  is  a  resident  architect 
there  after  having  completed  his  profes- 
sional training  at  Harvard.  He  also  ran 
into  Tom  Cottrell  and  his  wife  Jane  (Pem- 
broke '56)  and  Norm  Bouton  who  was 
planning  to  do  graduate  work  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  California  (Berkeley).  In  addi- 
tion to  selling  other  artists'  paintings, 
George  is  selling  his  own  as  well  and  going 
to  school  on  top  of  it  all. 

John  Summerfield  completed  his  resi- 
dence requirements  in  June  for  the  M.A. 
degree  at  Brown.  "I  had  a  good  two  years 
back  on  the  hill,  and  I  especially  enjoyed 
teaching  a  course  in  Freshman  composi- 
tion, which  most  of  us  remember  so  pain- 
fully. Feel  encouraged,  however;  I  am 
really  very  pleased  with  the  aggressive 
spirit  of  many  of  the  fresh  undergrads 
milling  about  the  campus  these  days.  I  am 
currently  working  into  a  new  position  as 
Instructor  in  English  at  Groton." 

JOHN   SUMMERFIELD 
BILL  o'dONNELL 

Regional  Secretaries 

1956 

Dr.  Richard  E.  Whalen  has  joined  the 
Faculty  at  UCLA.  An  Assistant  Profes,sor 
in  the  Department  of  Psychology,  he  is  en- 
gaged in  both  teaching  and  research.  Dr. 
Whalen  had  been  doing  basic  research  in 
the  behavioral  sciences  section  of  the  Na- 
tional Institute  in  Mental  Health's  labora- 
tory at  St.  Elizabeth  Hospital  in  Washing- 
ton, D.  C. 

John  E.  Delhagen,  a  former  Naval  In- 
telligence Officer,  is  Assistant  Director  of 
Research  for  the  Pittsburgh  investment 
firm  of  Lenchner,  Covato  &  Co.,  Inc. 

Charlie  Crawford  has  been  transferred 
from  Boston  to  San  Francisco  by  Auto- 
mobile Mutual  Insurance  Co.  According 
to  Charlie,  the  climate  makes  the  change 
pleasant. 

Jim  Lohr  moved  into  his  new  Cincinnati 
home  in  time  to  be  available  for  the  World 
Series.  He  is  institutional  representative  in 
the  Cincinnati-Dayton  area  for  Campbell's 
Soup. 

Dr.  Jim  Berrier  is  serving  with  the  Pub- 
lic Health  Service  in  New  York.  His  ad- 
dress: 250  East  105th  St. 

Jerry  Jerome,  teaching  in   the  Yonkers 


School  System,  is  attending  night  classes 
at  Columbia.  He  expects  to  receive  his 
Master's  degree  in  History  shortly. 

Noel  Field  is  with  the  law  firm  of 
Hinckley,  Allen,  Salisbury  and  Parsons  in 
Providence. 

Bill  Romana,  having  received  his  Sc.M., 
is  working  in  marketing  research  with  the 
J.  Walter  Thompson  Co.,  New  York  City. 

Frank  Rego  is  an  engineer  in  the  Nor- 
den  Division  of  United  Aircraft  in  Nor- 
walk.  Conn. 

Roger  Hazell  has  been  selected  as  a 
State  Department  representative  to  the 
Orange  Free  State.  Rog  will  be  an  inter- 
national trade  advisor  to  that  country's 
government. 

Frank  Klein  and  his  wife  have  returned 
to  Charlottesville,  where  Frank  is  com- 
pleting his  final  year  at  the  University  of 
Virginia  Law  School. 

Andy  Martin  is  engaged  in  the  interest- 
ing and  evolving  field  of  ship  brokerage  in 
New  York. 

Tom  Doherty  has  been  assigned  to  the 
Instrumentation  Coordination  Division  of 
American  Machine  and  Foundry  in  Green- 
wich, Conn. 

Bob  Leiand  has  been  promoted  to  As- 
sistant Sales  Manager  of  the  Elgin  Metal 
Casket  Co.,  Elgin,  III.  So  far,  '56  does  not 
number  a  single  mortician  among  its 
ranks. 

Dr.  Norm  Cowen  has  been  accepted  as 
a  Naval  Officer  and  left  Wilmington,  Del., 
Sept.  18  for  duty  at  the  Marine  Corps 
base.  Camp  Lejeune,  N.  C.  While  intern- 
ing at  Wilmington.  Norm  took  flying  les- 
sons and  received  a  pilot's  license. 

Bill  Westcott  and  Barney  Blank  have 
been  two  of  the  driving  forces  behind  the 
Monmouth  Valley  Brown  Club's  revitali- 
zation.  They  extend  a  special  invitation  to 
all  '56  men  in  the  area  to  join  with  them 
in  making  this  Club,  in  a  very  key  Sub- 
Freshman  section,  one  of  Brown's  strong- 
est organizations. 

George  Graves,  an  advertising  and  pro- 
motion supervisor  at  ALCOA,  has  been 
elected  Secretary  of  the  Pittsburgh  Brown 
Club. 

Dud  Atherton  is  an  accountant  with 
Arthur  Anderson  &  Co.,  Atlanta. 

Charley  Merritt  is  engaged  in  private 
sales  promotion  in  New  York.  Among  his 
recent  achievements  was  a  Maris-Mantle 
contest  for  a  large  bubble  gum  company. 

Shel  Siegel  is  the  chief  of  production 
for  television  at  Arizona  State  University. 

Tex  Zangranda  is  working  on  his  Ph.D. 
at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  where 
he  is  also  an  Instructor  in  the  History  De- 
partment. 

Gene  McCulloch  is  assistant  supervisor 
of  financial  planning  and  control  for  Tide- 
water Oil  Co.,  New  York. 

Kurt  Johnson  is  doing  graduate  work 
with  the  Department  of  Anthropology  at 
Yale. 

Larry  Klein  did  some  football  forecasts 
for  several  national  periodicals  during  the 
summer.  He  continues  as  Associate  Editor 
of  Sporl  magazine. 

Joe  Kinter  is  in  his  second  year  of  teach- 
ing in  upstate  Michigan.  Joe  reports  that 
the  ttrst  year  was  enjoyable  and  that  he 
did  some  coaching  on  the  side. 


NOVEMBER    1961 


45 


Joe  Daley  sent  your  Secretary  a  picture 
of  a  moose  he  had  effectively  gunned 
down  in  Alaska.  Now  he's  settled  in  Japan 
(Joe,  not  the  moose)  with  Gamlen  (Ja- 
pan) Ltd.  as  a  technical  supervisor.  His 
address:  2187  Asahigaoka  Kamakura- 
Kanagawa-Ken,  Japan. 

MARY  WILENZIK 

1957 

Dr.  Augustus  A.  White,  III,  has  begun 
his  interneship  at  the  University  of  Mich- 
igan. He  received  his  M.D.  in  June  from 
Stanford  University  School  of  Medicine, 
where  he  was  President  of  the  Medical 
Student  Association.  One  of  its  achieve- 
ments was  a  Student  Medical  Conference 
in  May  which  featured  student  research 
papers,  demonstration  of  skills  acquired, 
and  closer  relationship  between  undergrad- 
uates, medical  students,  and  alumni.  Gus 
took  a  prominent  part  in  one  of  the  ses- 
sions. 

Britten  Dean  has  finished  courses  for 
his  Master's  in  Chinese  Culture  at  Colum- 
bia and  is  starting  work  on  his  Ph.D.  He 
received  a  National  Defense  Fellowship 
for  this  year  in  the  area  of  Critical  Lan- 
guages. 

Barry  Merkin  is  teaching  at  the  Grad- 
uate School  of  Business  Administration 
at  Western  New  England  College,  as  an 
Instructor  in  Personnel  Policies.  Barry  re- 
ceived his  Master's  in  Business  Adminis- 
tration and  Marketing  from  Harvard  in 
1959.  Since  that  time  he  has  been  assistant 
to  the  Executive  Vice-President  at  Lestoil 
Products,  Inc.,  in  Holyoke,  Mass. 

Al  Basse  returned  to  the  United  States 
in  September,  1960  from  a  "highly  edu- 
cational" tour  in  Korea,  where  he  was 
Personnel  Service  Officer  in  the  Air  Force. 
He  is  still  working  for  Uncle  Sam  in  the 
same  position  at  Truax  Field,  Madison, 
Wis. 

George  E.  Mont  completed  his  require- 
ments for  his  Ph.D.  at  Clark  University 
in  August,  and  he  has  accepted  a  position 
as  research  chemist  with  Shawinigan  Res- 
ins Corp.,  Springfield,  Mass. 

Marvin  Fialco  has  been  appointed  as- 
sistant to  the  Merchandise  Manager  for 
Sportswear  &  Intimate  Apparel  at  the  five 
Burdine  Department  Stores  in  Miami,  Fla. 

Frank  H.  Spaulding  has  accepted  a  po- 
sition as  Director  of  Information  Services 
for  Colgate-Palmolive  Co.,  New  York. 

1958 

Lt.  Harry  Batchelder,  Jr.,  USAF,  re- 
cently completed  a  tour  of  duty  with  the 
Security  Service,  stationed  at  Yakota  AFB, 
Japan.  His  assignment  there  afforded  him 
the  opportunity  to  tour  through  much  of 
the  Far  East  and  Southeast  Asia.  He  ex- 
pected a  service  discharge  in  time  to  enter 
the  University  of  Virginia  Law  School. 

Lt.  Seth  R.  Anthony,  USAF,  is  stationed 
at  Nellis  AFB,  Nevada. 

David  J.  Mclntire  has  joined  Dewey  and 
Almy  Chemical  Division,  W.  R.  Grace  & 
Co.,  Cambridge,  Mass.,  as  a  sales  engineer 
in  the  container  and  industrial  products 
department.  He  was  recently  discharged 
from  the  service. 

Meade  Summers,  Jr.,   was   admitted   to 


the  Missouri  Bar  in  Supreme  Court  cere- 
monies on  Sept.  9.  He  is  practicing  law 
with  the  firm  of  Thompson,  Mitchell, 
Douglas,  and  Neill,  705  Olive  St.,  St. 
Louis  1. 

Robert  J.  Selig  is  Vice-President  of  the 
Laconia  Shoe  Co.,  Inc.,  Laconia,  N.  H. 

Kirk  W.  Smith  has  been  promoted  to 
Associate  Engineer  with  IBM.  He  joined 
the  firm  in  August,  1960. 

1959 

Roger  Vaughan's  photo  appeared  in 
"Keeping  Posted"  in  the  Satiininy  Eveniiif; 
Post  for  Sept.  9.  "To  maintain  our  youth- 
ful new  appearance,  we  have  infused  our 
staff  with  a  large  dose  of  new  talent,"  said 
the  accompanying  item.  The  staff  members 
pictured  average  28  years  of  age  and  have 
a  wide  range  of  credentials.  Vaughan 
was  identified  as  a  new  photography  as- 
sistant and  a  graduate  of  the  Curtis  train- 
ing program.  Brown's  Office  of  Senior 
Placement  tipped  us  off  on  all  this.  Roger 
himself  fills  us  in  on  recent  activity: 
"Since  graduation  I  have  raced  to  Ber- 
muda, been  in  and  out  of  the  Army  six- 
month  program,  began  work  at  Curtis 
Publishing  Co.  in  March,  joined  the  Post 
staff  in  May,  and  added  a  boy  to  the  fam- 
ily on  July  2."  Format  revisions  have  en- 
livened Post  routines  for  the  past  few 
months,  too. 

Philip  J.  Baram  has  accepted  a  position 
on  the  editorial  staff  of  the  National 
Jewish  Post  and  Opinion  in  New  York 
City.  He  received  his  Master's  degree  from 
the  Center  for  Middle  Eastern  Studies  at 
Harvard  last  June. 

C.  Jonathan  Shattuck  reports  from  Cali- 
fornia. "Since  December,  1959,  I  have 
been  a  manufacturer's  representative  in 
Northern  California  for  the  Stanley  Works, 
where  I  enjoyed  a  prosperous  business,  in- 
stilled San  Francisco  into  my  blood,  and 
met  my  wife.  However,  now  I'm  back  at 
the  books  in  Washington,  D.  C,  studying 
hospital  administration  in  the  graduate 
school  at  George  Washington  University." 

Gene  M.  Kay  has  completed  his  M.B.A. 
requirements  at  the  University  of  Chicago 
Graduate  School  of  Business,  where  he 
majored  in  Marketing  and  Accounting. 
This  fall  he  joined  Procter  &  Gamble's 
Advertising  Department  at  Cincinnati. 

J.  Richard  Castellucci  is  at  Rhode  Is- 
land College  as  Instructor  of  French  and 
Italian.  Dick  received  his  Master's  from 
Middlebury. 

Charles  E.  Waterman  is  a  student  in 
the  Johns  Hopkins  School  of  Advanced  In- 
ternational Studies. 

1960 

2nd  Lt.  Kenneth  E.  Randall,  who  was 
graduated  last  February,  is  attending  the 
Air  Police  Officer  Course  at  Lackland 
AFB,  Texas.  Upon  completion  of  the 
course,  he  will  be  assigned  to  the  93rd 
Combat  Defense  Squadron  at  Castle  AFB, 
Calif.  This  organization  has  the  respon- 
sibility of  performing  security  and  defense 
functions  for  the  Strategic  Air  Command's 
93rd  Bombardment  Wing. 

Tom  Budrewicz,  after  a  trial  period 
with   the   Chicago   Bears  of  the   National 


Football  League,  signed  on  with  the  New 
York  Titans  of  the  new  American  Football 
League.  He  is  being  used  as  an  offensive 
guard  by  the  Titans,  a  strong  contender 
for  the  Eastern  Division  title. 

Walter  A.  Foley  has  been  named  an  in- 
structor at  the  Taft  School.  He  completed 
the  course  requirements  toward  his  Mas- 
ter's degree  last  summer.  He  did  his  prac- 
tice teaching  a  year  ago  at  Cranston  High 
in  Rhode  Island. 

Robert  J.  Sugarman  is  at  the  Harvard 
Law  School,  after  spending  a  year  doing 
graduate  work  in  history  at  Stanford  Uni- 
versity on  a  Ford  Foundation  grant. 

1961 

President  Flavil  Van  Dyke  has  notified 
President  Keeney  that  the  Class  wishes  to 
contribute  a  gift  to  the  memorial  being 
established  for  Pembroke's  Nancy  Duke 
Lewis,  who  died  in  August.  Spanky  has 
been  working  for  Rep.  James  Auchincloss 
of  New  Jersey. 

Duncan  Smith,  who  is  studying  for  his 
Master's  degree  in  German  at  Brown, 
spent  the  summer  working  for  a  German 
youth  and  refugee  welfare  organization 
which  he  termed  a  "quiet  Peace  Corps." 
He  worked  with  underprivileged  German 
children  and  refugees  from  the  East  Ger- 
man Communist  regime.  His  stay  included 
a  day  interpreting  for  an  American  group 
visiting  Marienfelde,  the  famous  refugee 
reception  center  in  West  Berlin.  The  or- 
ganization for  which  he  worked,  the  Ar- 
beiterwohlfahrt,  has  existed  in  Germany 
since  the  grim  post-World  War  I  days. 

Robert  W.  Teller  is  a  member  of  a 
Peace  Corps  group  of  about  40  men  and 
women  who  left  the  United  States  on  Sept. 
24  for  more  than  two  years  of  service  in 
Nigeria.  Bob,  who  majored  in  English 
Literature,  will  teach  secondary  school 
English  in  Nigeria.  After  spending  three 
oi'  four  months  at  University  College  in 
Ibaden,  he  will  be  assigned  with  at  least 
one  other  Peace  Corps  member  to  the 
Nigerian  community  in  which  he  will 
teach. 

Thomas  Gatch,  said  the  Cincinnati  En- 
quirer in  September,  decided  to  see 
whether  he  could  make  the  grade  in  the 
New  York  theater  before  he  began  his 
military  service.  He  heard  that  Gower 
Champion  was  auditioning  for  replace- 
ments in  the  cast  of  "Bye  Bye  Birdie." 
Gatch  sang  a  song  and  did  some  dance 
steps  like  those  in  Brownbrokers.  He  got 
the  job,  took  10  days  of  rehearsal,  and  was 
in  his  first  performance  on  July  14. 

David  Groh  has  been  awarded  a  Ful- 
bright  Scholarship  in  Dramatic  Art  for 
study  in  London.  Dave  had  some  leading 
roles  with  Sock  and  Buskin  and  had  other 
experience  in  summer  stock. 

Forrest  Broman  planned  to  enter  Har- 
vard Law  School  this  fall,  after  spending 
another  pleasant  and  profitable  summer 
running  the  parking  lot  operation  at  the 
Coonamesset  Inn  on  Cape  Cod. 

Donald  L.  Adams  has  been  appointed 
to  the  faculty  and  staff  at  the  Winchendon 
School  in  Winchendon,  Mass. 

Nick  Willard  is  with  the  New  York 
Port   Authority,    in    its   training   program. 


46 


BROWN   ALUMNI   MONTHLY 


Foster  Ballard  and  Bob  Lowe  have 
joined  Irving  Trust  Company  in  New  York 
City. 

Jim  Gordon  and  Rollie  Marsh  are  at 
Columbia  Business  School. 

Ed  Scott  is  with  the  Bank  of  New  York. 

Fred  Tracy  is  stationed  aboard  the 
U.S.S.  Mohle  out  of  Charleston,  S.  C. 

Roger  Barnett.  Bob  Kaplan,  Vane 
Smith,  Karl  Seitz,  and  Jeff  Drain  are  in 
Flight  School  with  the  Navy  at  Pensacola. 

Charles  Swartwood,  Peter  Robinson, 
Henry  Smith,  Joel  Karp,  Merrill  Hassen- 
field,  and  Dave  Lamson  are  at  Boston  Uni- 
versity   Law    School.    Dale    Thomajan    is 


also  at  B.U.,  doing  graduate  work  in 
English. 

Don  Bliss  is  spending  his  time  between 
Boston  University  Law  School  and  the 
Brown  press  box.  He's  serving  as  an  as- 
sistant to  Director  of  Sports  Information 
Pete  McCarthy. 

Mike  Bergan  and  Frank  Resnik  are  at 
Boston  College  Law  School. 

Bob  Lowe  and  yours  truly  had  the 
pleasure  of  addressing  the  New  York 
Brown  Club  send-off  dinner  for  members 
of  the  Class  of  1965.  Bob  spoke  on  ath- 
letics and  I  on  extra-curricular  activities. 

WENDELL  BARNES,  JR. 


Carrying  the  Mail 


Things  You  Say  in  July 

Sir:  Please  do  a  great  favor  to  us  gul- 
lible alumni,  in  whose  hearts  burns  the 
eternal  hope  that  sometime  Brown  will 
field  a  fairly  decent  team.  Tell  your  man 
who  writes  such  rosy  and  optimistic  ac- 
counts (in  July)  on  prospects  for  the  team 
each  season  that  he  should  get  down  to 
earth  and  give  us  the  straight  facts.  Re- 
ports in  your  issue  last  summer  were  prom- 
ising enough  to  arouse  the  worst  cynic 
among  us. 

Plentiful  supply  of  ends,  you  said,  big 
and  fast  tackles  and  guards,  most  versatile 
backs  in  years  and  more  of  them,  etc.  Also 
a  sound  nucleus  of  10  Seniors  and  20  Jun- 
iors, all  either  lettermen  or  with  game 
experience.  ( By  the  way,  what  happened 
to  that  nucleus?  Can't  Brown  keep  five 
Senior  lettermen  eligible,  or  is  there  a 
purge  on?) 

Then  with  hopes  high,  we  wait  to  hear 
how  the  boys  look  in  the  opening  game. 
One  of  the  worst  beatings  in  history  from 
a  not  very  highly-regarded  Columbia  team! 
Was  it  poor  coaching  or  lack  of  any  de- 
sire by  the  players?  The  newspaper  here 
mentioned  nothing  that  Brown  did  except 
being  reported  as  the  opposing  team.  Your 
man  did  say  in  his  July  report  that  there 
was  possible  weakness  on  defense.  Well, 
that  was  the  understatement  of  the  year. 

At  any  rate,  tell  your  man  to  level  and 
don't  offer  a  lot  of  alibis  for  this  debacle 
in  your  next  issue. 

A  GULLIBLE  ALUMNUS 

("Our  man"  has  leveled.  See  this  month's 
football  report. — Ed.) 

A  sequel:  Though  it  came  with  signa- 
ture, we  have  published  the  above  letter 
anonymously,  since  a  later  letter  followed 
after  the  writer  had  heard  more  about  the 
situation.  He  said  in  his  second  note: 

"No,  I  am  not  a  rabid  Brown  football 
supporter — only  hell-bent  for  a  victorious 
season.  But  when  in  college  and  for  the 
most  part  since,  I  have  always  been  rather 
proud  of  Brown  as  a  football  contender. 
No  matter  how  poor  the  material,  those 
dedicated  to  the  game  give  a  little  more 
than   they   ever   gave   before.   As   long   as 


youngsters  can  and  are  willing  to  do  that 
they  are  doing  something  with  their  lives 
and  forgetting  themselves  for  a  brief  time. 
"Let  me  apologize  for  any  censure  upon 
your  well-meant  write-up.  By  the  way,  I 
did  drop  McLaughry  a  letter  of  encourage- 
ment. Since  writing  before,  I  have  the 
deepest  admiration  and  respect  for  him 
and  his  staff  for  the  tremendous  rebuilding 
and  morale-maintaining  ahead  of  him.  A 
near  miracle  must  have  been  accomplished 
in  that  reversal  of  form  at  Yale." 

Not  Even  Offside? 

Sir:  It's  bad  enough  to  be  consistently 
losing,  but  do  we  have  to  be  disgraced? 
Certainly,  the  scores  of  the  Columbia  and 
Dartmouth  games  were  disgraceful. 

From  all  I  can  determine,  we  get  as 
good  football  material  as  the  average  Ivy 
League  school.  This  year,  I  understand,  we 
have  better  football  material  than  usual, 
even  though  somewhat  inexperienced.  My 
conclusion  is  that  there's  something  wrong 
with  the  coaching  staff. 

It  seems  to  be  the  custom  at  Brown 
never  to  voice  criticism  of  our  athletic 
policy,  at  least  publicly.  All  I've  ever  heard 
and  read  about  is  how  "our  boys  put  up  a 
good  fight."  Nuts!  A  football  coach's  job 
is  to  produce  winning  teams  based  on  rea- 
sonably good  football  talent.  This  "good 
fight"  business  is  for  the  birds. 

Speaking  of  a  good  clean  fight.  I  noticed 
that  in  the  statistics  of  the  Dartmouth 
game.  Brown  had  no  penalties.  I'm  all  for 
clean  football,  but  do  you  mean  to  tell 
me  our  "guys"  were  never,  once,  so  eager 
to  get  across  the  line  ahead  of  the  ball 
that  we  were  never  even  offside? 

Note  to  the  Administration:  If  you  think 
fund-raising  isn't  affected  by  our  football 
record,  try  collecting  from  some  of  the 
average  alumni.  I  have. 

THOMAS  A.   MAGEE   '27 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Sales  I'itcli 

Sir:   Should  we  divert  a  little  attention 

from   the   Ford   Foundation's   gift   of  T/2 

million  bucks  and  give  it  to  the  football 

situation?  From  a  purely  sales-pitch  angle, 


it  will  bring  in  more  dollars  than  all  that 
high-falutin'  "larnin'."  In  industry,  earnings 
count.  In  a  college,  I  believe  alumni  do. 
JOHN  w.  fawcett  '22 
Monlclair,  N.  J. 

Those  on  the  Sidelines 

Sir:  It  is  difficult  to  understand  letter- 
men  who  are  Seniors  not  wanting  to  round 
out  their  athletic  career  in  college  by  going 
out  in  glory,  particularly  when  they  at 
last  can  have  the  thrill  of  being  part  of  a 
winning  combination,  after  slugging  it  out 
over  those  thankless  years.  But  at  least 
they  contributed  something  in  those  losing 
causes. 

What  is  more  difficult  to  understand  is 
the  lack-lustre,  indifference,  and  absence 
of  red-blooded  desire  on  the  part  of  tal- 
ented youngsters  who,  during  their  Fresh- 
man year,  appeared  to  enjoy  playing  the 
game.  Suddenly  and  complacently,  they 
"retire." 

It  is  not  football  they  are  "retiring"  from 
— it's  life.  Their  attitude  toward  the  grind, 
discipline,  and  endurance  essential  in  foot- 
ball is  only  a  symbol  of  what  may  be 
expected  in  sliding  by  the  responsibilities 
and  vicissitudes  of  life.  I  can  only  say  for 
them  that  they  are  to  be  pitied.  But  I 
wonder  how  they  must  feel  in  remaining 
idly  on  the  sidelines,  when  they  are  so 
aware  of  how  badly  they  are  needed  to 
beef  up  those  sorely  depleted  reserves. 

I  should  like  to  pose  a  question  to  the 
President  and  the  Admission  Office.  After 
all  the  scientific  and  psychological  screen- 
ing, how  does  this  type  of  youngster  get 
by?  Certainly,  if  this  self-centered,  respon- 
sibility-dodging, and  unaggressive  attitude 
is  intrinsic  in  his  make-up,  it  should  have 
shown  up  in  his  candidate-review.  If  this 
attitude  typifies  him,  he  is  not  apt  to  be 
any  pride  and  joy  to  Brown  as  a  graduate. 
JOHN  cox  '25 
Holliiiid.  Pel. 

Candidate  for  a  Bear 
Sir:  For,  lo,  these  many  years  I  have 
been  told  that  the  pen  is  mightier  than  the 
sword.  Although  a  member  of  the  Press,  I 
have  been  somewhat  skeptical  of  the  valid- 
ity of  this  statement  until  it  was  clearly 
demonstrated  by  our  1961  football  team. 
United  Press  International  today  (Oct.  10) 
released  its  listing  of  the  top  20  football 
teams  in  the  country,  and  it  is  comforting 
to  read  that  the  "mighty  Bear"  is  tied  for 
the  1 9th  spot  along  with  Auburn,  L.S.U., 
Purdue,  and  Wyoming.  At  the  same  time, 
we  were  conceded  to  be  superior  to  such 
powers  as  Texas  Christian,  UCLA,  Iowa 
State,  Navy,  Minnesota,  Southern  Cali- 
fornia, Syracuse,  Tennessee,  and  Utah. 

We  must  therefore,  assume  that  we  had 
an  off  day  against  the  Lions  of  Columbia, 
who  amassed  50  points  against  us  in  our 
opening  encounter — a  Columbia  record  in 
272  Ivy  League  games  .  .  .  and  that  the 
Yale  defeat  14-3  was  actually  a  moral 
victory. 

I  am  reminded  of  one  of  my  father's  pet 
stories  about  the  Brown  team  of  either 
1901  or  1902.  Trailing  Dartmouth  62-0 
in  the  fourth  quarter,  the  Brown  Captain 
told  his  teammates  that,  while  they  were 


NOVEMBER    1961 


47 


behind,  they  were  never  licked.  They  pro- 
ceeded to  march  65  yards  to  the  Dart- 
mouth 10-yard  line,  where  the  game  ended. 
The  UPI  man  who  was  responsible  for 
Brown's  four  points  in  this  week's  poll 
deserves  the  Brown  Bear  Award,  either 
for  his  loyalty  or  for  his  sense  of  humor. 

COBURN    A.    BUXTON    '34 

Dallas 

(No  award.  The  UPI  retracted  later  in  the 
day.— Ed.) 

Tape-Recorders  Don't  Spell 
Sir:  It's  a  good  thing  you  pointed  out 
that  you  used  a  tape-recorder  when  you 
reported  on  the  panel  on  the  Physical 
Sciences  at  the  August  Conference.  Obvi- 
ously, had  you  used  manuscript.  Prof.  Rob- 
ert Morse  would  have  shown  you  how  to 
spell  the  word  "meson." 

I'll  bet  you're  one  of  those  damned, 
illiterate  Humanists. 

A  PHYSICIST 

(To  err  is  not  necessarily  to  be  a  Human- 
ist.—Ed.) 

A  Mascot  10  Feet  Tall? 

Sir:  Is  there  any  way  the  big,  brave, 
intelhgent  Kodiak  Bear  could  be  taken  to 
the  Brown  football  games  and  stationed 
in  front  of  the  Brown  cheering  section? 
Isn't  there  one  stuffed  and  mounted  in 
the  Brown  Union?  Or  couldn't  we  have  an 
even  finer  one  seciu'ed  and  mounted  so  it 
could  be  transported?  I'm  tired  of  seeing 
the  Httle.  cowardly,  ignorant  cubs  we  some- 
times exhibit  at  our  games. 

Up  in  Alberta,  Canada,  they  now  have 
a  10,000-acre  game  farm  and  sanctuary 
for  bears  up  to  10  feet  tall.  We've  got  the 
biggest  and  most  intelligent  of  all  the 
college  animals.  I  think  it  would  make  a 
great  hit  to  show  the  bear  at  his  best. 

JEREMIAH    HOLMES    '02 

Mystic,  Conn. 

(We  asked  advice  from  a  man  who  was 
the  keeper  of  the  bear  during  his  under- 
graduate days.  His  feeling  was  that  the 
little  cub  was  all  he'd  ever  want  to  handle, 
adding:  "If  you  display  a  10-foot  bear, 
you'd  need  a  15-foot  Senior.") 

How  About  "Hey,  You"  ? 

Sir:  Inspecting  a  copy  of  the  Yale 
Alumni  Magazine,  I  was  struck  by  the 
fact  that  the  "letters  to  the  editor"  therein 
all  start  with  the  word  "Gentlemen."  Yours 
open  with  the  curt  "Sir."  Is  there  any 
evaluation  implied  in  either?  (I  am  as- 
suming that  the  salutation  we  see  in  print 
is  often  a  matter  of  editorial  adjustment  of 
the  actual  greeting.) 

The  use  of  "Sir"  implies  a  single  reader, 
although  publication  of  the  letter  implies 
more.  To  me,  moreover,  "Sir"  connotes 
either  a  schoolboy  addressing  his  master, 
usually  preceded  by  the  word  "please";  or 
an  indignant  Victorian  about  to  ask  "how 
dare  you!" 

A  GENTLEMAN   (l  HOPE) 

(Knowing  the  Gentleman,  we  know  that 
his  hope  is  realized.  No  doubt  the  use  of 


"Sir"  might  be  defended  because  it  has 
only  three  letters  and  thus  saves  space.  The 
logic  of  that,  however,  would  lead  to  the 
Ohio  State  practice  of  skipping  the  palaver 
and  getting  to  the  point.  Princeton,  we 
note,  has  long  employed  "Dear  Sir"  while 
others  have  adopted  "Editor,"  almost  with 
an  implied  question  mark  at  times.  To  be 
honest,  we've  never  given  the  matter  much 
thought — just  another  bad  habit  we've 
picked  up  somewhere.  But  the  convention 
has  been  that  the  letters  are  addressed  to 
the  editor.  It  might,  therefore,  seem  arro- 
gant were  we  to  change  a  salutation  which 
was  originally  "You  Nitwit"  to  "Gentle- 
men."— Ed.) 

Representing  Us 

BROWN  University  delegated  the  follow- 
ing alumni  to  serve  as  official  repre- 
sentatives at  events  of  academic  note  on 
other  campuses  recently: 

The  Rev.  Dr.  Albert  C.  Thomas  '08  of 
the  Board  of  Fellows  at  the  inauguration 
of  Gene  E.  Bartlett  as  President  of  the 
Colgate  Rochester  Divinity  School  (suc- 
ceeding the  Rev.  Dr.  Wilbour  E.  Saunders 
'16)  on  Sept.  12. 

Dr.   George   P.   Conard,   II,   "41    at   the 


inauguration  of  Dr.  Eriing  N.  Jensen  as 
President  of  Muhlenberg  College  on  Oct. 
6.  Dr.  Conard  is  Professor  of  Metallurgy 
and  Director  of  the  Magnetic  Materials 
Laboratory  at  Lehigh  University. 

Prof.  Alvin  Z.  Freeman,  A.M.  '49,  at  the 
inauguration  of  Chauncey  G.  BIy  as  Presi- 
dent of  Thiel  College  on  Sept.  30.  Profes- 
sor Freeman  is  a  historian  at  Allegheny 
College. 

Prof.  J.  Douglas  Reid  '28  at  the  inaugu- 
ration of  Davis  Y.  Paschall  as  President  of 
the  College  of  William  and  Mary  on  Oct. 
13.  Dr.  Reid  is  Chairman  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Microbiology  at  the  Medical  Col- 
lege of  Virginia. 

Dr.  Edward  B.  Peck  '12  at  the  inaugura- 
tion of  Robert  F.  Oxnam  as  President  of 
Drew  University  on  Oct.  12.  Professor 
Peck  is  on  the  Engineering  Faculty  of  Rut- 
gers University. 

Prof.  John  H.  Young  '36  at  the  inaugu- 
ration of  Randle  Elliott  as  President  of 
Hood  College  on  Oct.  14.  Dr.  Young  is  a 
classical  archaeologist  at  Johns  Hopkins 
University. 

Dr.  Paul  B.  Bien  '28  at  the  inauguration 
of  Joseph  J.  Copeland  as  President  of 
Maryville  College  on  Oct.  28.  Dr.  Bien  is 
a  research  chemist  at  Oak  Ridge,  Tenn. 


Bureau  of  Vital  Statistics 


MARRIAGES 

1932 — Marion  A.  Cancelliere  and  Mrs. 
Richard  A.  Gourley  of  Fox  Chapel,  Pitts- 
burgh, Aug.  26. 

1934 — Henry  E.  Stanton  and  Miss 
Thelma  Tyler,  May  20.  Francis  Gurll  '31 
was  in  wedding  party.  At  home:  765  Live 
Oak  Ave.,  Menlo  Park,  Calif. 

1946 — Dr.  Edwin  M.  Knights,  Jr.,  and 
Miss  Ruth  L.  Currie,  daughter  of  Mrs. 
Homer  L.  Currie  of  Mount  Royal,  Quebec, 
and  the  late  Mr.  Currie,  Sept.  23.  Edwin 
M.  Knights  '17  is  the  groom's  father. 

1954 — Albert  A.  Remington,  III,  and 
Miss  Roberta  C.  Johnson,  daughter  of  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  Robert  O.  Johnson  of  South 
Weymouth,  Mass.,  Sept.  16.  Donald  G. 
Mayhew  '59  was  best  man;  William  C.  Rus- 
sell, Jr.,  '56,  Herbert  S.  Travis,  Jr.,  '54  and 
Charles  R.  Jefferds  "55  ushered.  At  home: 
34  E.  George  St.,  Providence  6. 

1955 — Luke  R.  Conboy  and  Miss  Janet 
O.  Sylvia,  daughter  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Frank 
W.  Sylvia  of  Tiverton,  R.  1.,  Sept.  4.  At 
home:  83  Ash  St.,  Fall  River. 

1956 — Gerard  Kennedy  and  Miss  June 
M.  Kilroy,  niece  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Francis 
Mara  of  Providence,  Sept.  23. 

1958 — Lionel  Etscovitz  and  Miss  Anita 
R.  Gross,  daughter  of  Mrs.  Hyman  Gross 
of  Derry,  N.  H.,  and  the  late  Mr.  Gross, 
Aug.  20. 

1958— Lt.(j.g.)  Charles  W.  Stamm, 
USN,  and  Miss  Margaret  R.  Manning, 
daughter  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Stuart  H.  Man- 
ning of  Storrs  and  East  Northfield,  Mass., 


Sept.  9.  Robert  K.  Margeson  '58  was  best 
man.  Ushers  included  Thomas  L.  Moses 
'58,  Jaime  Arjona  '32.  and  Russell  G. 
Weeks '61. 

1959 — Donald  M.  Kartiganer  and  Miss 
Joyce  A.  Reed,  daughter  of  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
H,  Michael  Reed  of  Toronto,  June  3.  The 
bride  is  Pembroke  '61.  At  home:  419 
Brook  St.,  Providence. 

1959 — Robert  M.  Lawson  and  Miss 
Carolyn  J.  D.  Wells,  daughter  of  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Reginald  D.  Wells  of  Weston,  Mass., 
Sept.  11.  At  home:  Reed  Hall,  Edgewood 
Gardens,  American  International  College, 
Springfield,  Mass. 

1959— Michael  W.  Mitchell  and  Miss 
Brooke  A.  Hunt,  Sept.  2.  At  home:  345  E. 
73rd  St.,  New  York  City. 

1959 — John  F.  Quinn,  Jr.,  and  Miss 
Carolyn  L.  Avila,  daughter  of  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Charles  F.  Avila  of  Milton,  Mass., 
Sept.  16.  John  F.  Quinn  '22  is  the  groom's 
father.  At  home:  2  Lobster  Lane,  Mag- 
nolia, Mass. 

1959— William  A.  Riley,  Jr.,  and  Miss 
Carol  L.  Reynolds,  daughter  of  Mrs.  Mary 
Lamis  Reynolds  of  Newton  and  Mr. 
Richard  D.  Reynolds  of  Woburn,  Mass., 
July  I.  Stuart  B.  Riley  '59  was  an  usher. 
At  home:  Country  Club  Ridge,  15  Rock- 
ledge  Rd.,  Hartsdale.  N.  Y. 

1959— Walter  C.  Sanders  and  Miss 
Marilyn  L.  Cann,  daughter  of  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Edward  H.  Cann  of  Rochester,  N.  Y., 
Aug.  26. 

1959 — Charles  E.  Waterman  and  Miss 
Gail  Tegarty,  daughter  of  Mr.   and  Mrs. 


48 


BROWN   ALUMNI   JMONTHLY 


Paul  Tegarty  of  Buffalo,  June  7.  The 
bride  is  Pembroke  "61.  At  home:  1908 
Florida  Ave.,  N.W.,  Washington  9. 

1960 — Martin  J.  Bogdanovich  and  Miss 
Korleen  A.  Billabough,  daughter  of  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  Kenneth  M.  Billabough  of  Phila- 
delphia, Aug.  19.  The  bride  is  Pembroke 
"60.  At  home:  3426  W.  Penn  St.,  Phila- 
delphia 29. 

I960 — Samuel  B.  Flora,  Jr.,  and  Miss 
Anne-Marie  F.  Noid,  daughter  of  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Paul  E.  Noid  of  South  Pasadena, 
Calif.,  July  l.'i.  At  home:  439  Washington 
Ave.,  Bethlehem,  Pa.  Samuel  B.  Flora  is 
"31. 

1961 — Douglas  W.  Abbott  and  Mi.ss 
Judith  L.  Watson,  daughter  of  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Frank  W.  Watson  Jr.,  of  Melrose, 
Mass.,  Sept.  2.  Bruce  Abbott  "56  ushered. 

1961 — Joseph  A.  Cerulti  and  Miss  Ruth 
E.  Bell,  daughter  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Wil- 
liam J.  Bell  of  Ashland,  Mass.,  Sept.  10. 
At  home:  24  Esty  St.,  Ashland. 

1961— William  W.  Foshay,  Jr.,  and  Miss 
Wendell  E.  Miller,  daughter  of  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  George  M.  Miller  of  Oyster  Bay, 
L.  I.,  Sept.  9.  David  P.  Getchell  '60, 
Robert  G.  Pratt  "59,  Dirk  D.  T.  Held  '60 
and  Grenville  MacD.  Gooder,  Jr.,  '61 
ushered.  At  home:  30  E.  72nd  St.,  New 
York  21. 

1961 — John  F.  Hutchinson  and  Miss 
Donna  L.  Lewis,  daughter  of  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
John  M.  Lewis  of  York,  Pa.,  June  6.  At 
home:  390  Lloyd  Ave.,  Providence. 

1961— Joel  C.  Karp  and  Miss  Inez  G. 
Disken,  daughter  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Bernard 
B.  Disken  of  New  Haven,  Sept.  3.  Arthur 
Solomon  '61  ushered.  At  home:  4  Chis- 
wick  Rd.,  Brookline,  Mass. 

1961 — William  F.  Lunnie  and  Miss 
Audrey  E.  Clarke,  daughter  of  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Robert  B.  Clarke  of  Rumford,  R.  L, 
Sept.  9. 

1961 — James  A.  Moreland  and  Miss 
Carolyn  C.  Vose,  daughter  of  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Atherton  C.  Vose  of  Wellesley, 
Mass.,  Aug.  26.  Angelo  J.  Sinisi  '61 
ushered.    At    home:     Apt.    312,    Gaylord 


Compatible  Colors 

Ruth  Branning  Molloy,  colum- 
nist for  the  Pennsylvania  Gazelle, 
wrote  recently: 

"I  thought  I  had  another  item  for 
you,  about  a  wedding  in  Philadel- 
phia's Holy  Trinity  Church  in  June. 
Some  man  was  taking  black  and 
white  pictures  like  mad.  When  I 
asked  the  bride  if  I  could  get  a  print, 
she  said  she'd  never  seen  him  before. 

"The  groom  is  a  Curate  at  Holy 
Trinity,  and  the  bride  a  most  attrac- 
tive and  talented  artist.  He  was  a 
Brown  graduate  and  she  a  UPper. 
It  was  an  interesting  wedding  be- 
cause the  whole  congregation  was 
invited,  and  most  of  them  came.  It's 
nice  to  know  that  red  and  blue  and 
brown  are  compatible  colors." 

The  groom,  by  the  way,  appears 
to  have  been  the  Rev.  Edward  L. 
Lee,  Jr.,  '56. 


Apts.,  5316  S.  Dorchester  Ave.,  Chicago 
15.  The  bride  is  Pembroke  '61. 

1961 — P.  Andrew  Penz  and  Miss  Sandra 
L.  Newman,  daughter  of  Dr.  and  Mrs. 
Derwood  A.  Newman  of  Needham,  Mass., 
Sept.  2.  Donald  Lareau  '61  and  Thomas 
Cracas  '61  ushered.  At  home:  Apt.  28, 
Hasbrouck  Apts.,  Cornell  University, 
Ithaca,  N.  Y.  The  bride  is  Pembroke  '61. 

1961 — Joseph  D.  Steinfield  and  Miss 
Su.san  Ross,  daughter  of  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Kal  Ross  of  Albany,  N.  Y.,  Aug.  27.  J. 
Robert  Seder  '61  ushered.  The  bride  is 
Pembroke  '61.  At  home:  1622  Massa- 
chusetts Ave.,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

1961— Richard  G.  Unruh  and  Miss 
Deborah  A.  Crittenden,  daughter  of  Dr. 
and  Mrs.  Donald  W.  Crittenden  of  Sellers- 
ville.  Pa.,  Aug.  26. 

1961 — Peter  S.  Zimmerman  and  Miss 
Penelope  Williams,  daughter  of  Mrs.  Al- 
bert H.  Hunker  of  Seaford,  Del.,  and  Mr. 
Frederick  C.  Williams  of  Wheaton,  111., 
Sept.  2.  Robert  F.  Zimmerman,  Jr.,  '56 
ushered. 

BIRTHS 

1940 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Louis  V. 
Valente  of  Orange,  Conn.,  a  son,  Brian 
Victor,  Sept.  10. 

1947— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Henry  A.  Wil- 
kins  of  Randolph,  Mass.,  a  son,  John 
Robert,  Sept.  8. 

1948— To  the  Rev.  Roswell  S.  Cum- 
mings  and  Mrs.  Cummings  of  Wallingford, 
Conn.,  their  fifth  child  and  second  son, 
James  David,  Sept.  5.  Mrs.  Cummings  is 
the  former  Alice  Hambleton,  Pembroke 
'50. 

1948 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  B.  Lovell 
of  Scotia,  N.  Y.,  a  daughter,  Margaret, 
July  11.  Mrs.  Lovell  is  the  former  Flora 
Hall,  Pembroke  '44. 

1948— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  G. 
Smith  of  Lake  Worth,  Fla.,  their  third 
child  and  third  son,  John  David.,  Aug.  17. 

1951 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Benjamin  P. 
Eisenberg  of  Woonsocket,  a  daughter, 
Marcey  Bess,  Aug.  25. 

1951— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Wesley  A.  Hall 
of  Boulder,  Colo.,  a  daughter,  Gaylynn, 
Sept.  3.  Mrs.  Hall  is  the  former  Joan  F. 
Stapelton,  Pembroke  '53. 

1952— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Russell  C. 
Gower  of  Providence,  a  son,  William 
Wright,  Sept.  10. 

1952 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Theodore  B. 
Selover,  Jr.,  their  third  child  and  second 
son,  Peter  Reynolds,  Aug.  11. 

1952— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Donald  M. 
Sennott  of  Providence,  a  son,  Sean 
Fredette,  July  7.  Mrs.  Sennott  is  the 
former  Claire  Fredette,  Pembroke  '55. 

1953— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  William  C. 
Drorbaugh  of  Rye,  N.  Y.,  their  third 
daughter,  Margaret  Colt,  Mar.  11. 

1954 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  William  R. 
Benford,  Jr.,  of  Barrington,  R.  I.,  a 
daughter,  Deborah  Emily,  Sept.  26.  Prof. 
William  R.  Benford  '27  is  one  grandfather. 

1954 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  S.  Thomas 
Gagliano  of  Oceanport,  N.  J.,  a  son, 
Robert  Joseph,  Sept.  23. 

1954 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  Sklar  of 
Cedarhurst,  L.  I.,  N.  Y.,  a  son,  Jeffrey 
Stuart,  July  9. 


Married,  Married,  Married 

Robert  M.  Waiters  '54  was 
married  no  fewer  than  three  times 
last  June.  In  Japan  at  Itayuke  Air 
Force  Base,  he  and  his  bride  went 
to  the  American  Consulate  on  June 
2  for  one  ceremony,  then  to  the 
Japanese  Prefectural  Office  in  Fuo- 
koka  for  another.  The  next  day  the 
ceremony  was  performed  again  at 
the  Itayuke  Air  Base  Chapel. 

Watters  is  assisting  in  the  installa- 
tion and  programming  of  a  com- 
puter system  to  be  used  by  the  Air 
Force.  He  is  a  sales  representative 
with  Burroughs  Corp.,  Electro  Data 
Division,  with  headquarters  in  Den- 
ver. 


1954— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Walter  S. 
Wyrostek  of  Syracuse,  their  second  child 
and  first  son,  James  Thomas,  June  12. 

1955 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Francis  A. 
Brooks,  Jr.,  of  Tulsa,  a  son,  Francis 
Adams,  III,  May  16. 

1955— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  F.  Ca- 
hill  of  Arlington,  Va.,  their  second  child 
and  first  daughter,  Ellen  Elizabeth,  Apr. 
18. 

1955— To  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Aaron  R. 
Nemtzow  of  Pawtucket,  a  daughter, 
Marcia  Judith,  Aug.  12. 

1955 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Irwin  L. 
Sydney  of  Providence,  their  first  child,  a 
daughter,  Elizabeth  Ann,  Sept.  28.  Paternal 
grandfather  is  Jacob  Sydney  '18. 

1956— To  Mr.  and  Mrs  Sheldon  P. 
Siegel  of  Mesa,  Ariz.,  their  first  child,  a 
son,  Hillary  Bruce,  Sept.  21. 

1956 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Michael  A. 
Silverstein  of  Woonsocket,  a  son.  Marc 
Ray,  Aug.  22. 

1957— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Don  F.  Good- 
win of  East  Greenwich,  R.  I.,  their  second 
daughter,  Karen  Sue,  Sept.  8. 

1958— To  LT.Cj.g.)  Dennis  J.  Fish, 
USN,  and  Mrs.  Fish  of  Puerto  Rico,  a  son, 
Peter  Andrew,  Aug.  15. 

1958— To  Dr.  and  Mrs.  John  M.  Marsh 
of  Miami,  Fla.,  their  first  child,  a  daughter, 
Elizabeth  Ann,  Aug.  2.  Mrs.  Marsh  is  the 
former  Jean  M.  Waddington,  Pembroke 
'59. 

1959— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Eugene  M. 
Kay,  Jr.,  of  Cincinnati,  their  second  son, 
Timothy  Lawrence,  Sept.  1.  Mrs.  Kay  is 
the  former  Virginia  Sweet,  Pembroke  '60. 

1959— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Roger  E. 
Vaughan  of  Westerly,  R.  I.,  a  son,  Roger 
Edwin,  II,  July  2. 

1960 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Alan  Clayson, 
II,  of  Sheffield,  Mass.,  their  first  child,  a 
son,  Alan  Stillman,  Feb.  13. 

Lackawanna's  Slate 
Dr.  Anthony  C.  Shabica  '38  of  37 
Overlook  Rd.,  Livingston,  N,  J.,  has  been 
elected  President  of  the  Lackawanna 
Brown  Club.  Other  officers  include:  Vice- 
President — Richard  C.  Dunham  '53;  Sec- 
retary—Conrad G.  Swanson  '49;  Treas- 
urer— John  Dorer  '55. 


NOVEMBER   1961 


49 


In  Memoriam 


HONORARY:  Sumner  Welles,  LL.D., 
1939,  former  U.S.  Secretary  of  State, 
Sept.  24.  Chester  Irving  Barnard,  LL.D., 
1943,  former  President  of  New  Jersey 
Bell  Telephone  Company,  President  of 
Rockefeller  Foundation,  and  Chairman 
of  National  Science  Foundation,  June  7. 

JAMES  SIDNEY  ALLEN  '98,  LL.B., 
Harvard  Law  School  '03,  in  Winchester, 
Mass.,  Sept.  23.  He  retired  10  years  ago 
as  a  Clerk  in  the  U.S.  Federal  Court  at 
Boston.  For  two  years,  following  grad- 
uation, he  taught  History,  Economics 
and  Government  at  R.  I.  State  College. 
From  1912-1917  he  was  Assistant  U.S. 
District  Attorney  at  Boston,  then  be- 
came Clerk  of  the  District  Court  and  a 
practising  lawyer.  During  World  War  I 
he  was  in  charge  of  a  volunteer  organ- 
ization in  Massachusetts  that  assisted  the 
Department  of  Justice  in  guarding 
against  alien  activity.  He  was  a  former 
member  of  the  Executive  Committee  of 
the  Associated  Alumni  of  Brown  (its 
President  in  1932  and  1933),  and  a  Past 
President  of  the  Brown  Club  of  Boston. 
Delta  Phi.  Phi  Beta  Kappa.  His  son  is 
William  S.,  Huntington  Hills,  Rochester, 
N.  Y. 

FRANK  FRED  DeLISLE  '04  in  Saratoga, 
Calif.,  July  31,  1958.  At  one  time  he 
was  a  dealer  for  Caterpillar  Tractor  Co., 
San  Jose,  Calif.  Psi  Upsilon.  His  widow 
is  Mrs.  Frank  F.  DeLisle,  Thelma  Ave., 
Saratoga. 

ARTHUR  ALBERTUS  DENICO  '04  in 
Westerly,  R.  I.,  Sept.  5.  He  was  a  retired 
executive  of  the  American  Telephone  & 
Telegraph  Co..  having  been  with  them 
most  of  his  life  until  retiring  in  1946. 
In  World  War  I  he  represented  the  tele- 
phone company  as  liaison  officer  with 
the  U.S.  Army  Signal  Corps.  At  one 
time  he  had  worked  as  a  clerk  for  Na- 
thaniel Fisher  &  Co.,  New  York  City. 
He  was  active  in  many  community  af- 
fairs, including  the  Red  Cross  and  the 
South  County  Hospital.  He  served  a 
term  as  Town  Moderator  in  Narragan- 
sett.  Beta  Theta  Pi. 

DR.  JOHN  PEABODY  HERRING  '04, 
B.D.  Union  Theological  Seminary  '07, 
Ph.D.  Columbia  University  '24  in  Berke- 
ley, Calif.,  Aug.  18.  He  was  a  retired 
Professor  of  Educational  Psychology. 
He  was  the  author  of  the  Herring  revi- 
sion of  the  Binet-Simon  tests  and  many 
articles  and  books.  He  had  held  teaching 
and  research  positions  at  Columbia, 
Ohio   State,   and   Universities  of  North 


JAMES   S.   ALLEN   '98:   The   death   of   the   Past 

President  of  the  Associated  Alumni  is  lamented 

by  Brunonians  he  so  long  and  well  served. 

Carolina,  Washington,  and  California, 
and  had  taken  many  graduate  courses 
at  Teachers  College.  At  one  time  he  was 
director  of  the  Bureau  of  Educational 
Research  in  the  State  Normal  School, 
Bloomsburg,  Pa.  He  was  a  Fellow, 
Royal  Society  of  Arts,  London;  Fellow, 
American  Association  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  Science;  member,  American 
Statistical  Association,  American  Associ- 
ation for  Adult  Education,  and  the  Ad- 
visory Committee  of  the  69  experimental 
schools  of  New  York  City.  His  widow 
is  Frances  W.  Herring.  261  Purdue  St., 
Berkeley. 

ARCHIE  ROY  WEBB  '05  in  Whitehall, 
Wis.,  Aug.  27.  Before  his  retirement  he 
had  been  a  dealer  and  broker  of  whole- 
sale timber  products.  Earlier  he  ran  a 
brokerage  firm  in  Chicago,  A.  R.  Webb 
&  Co.  After  graduation  from  Brown  he 
coached  at  Baylor  University  for  the 
football  season  of  1905.  His  son,  Wil- 
liam, c/o  Davis,  2503  16th  St.,  N.,  Ar- 
lington, Va. 

FRANK   HOWARD   HINCKLEY   '07   in 

Cummaquid,  Mass.,  Sept.  24.  He  was 
the  retired  President  and  Treasurer  of 
John  Hinckley  and  Son  Co.  of  Hyannis, 
one  of  the  Cape's  largest  lumber  firms. 
During  World  War  I  he  served  as  Lt., 


U.S.  Army.  He  was  the  first  President 
and  an  incorporator  of  the  Cape  Cod 
Cooperative  Bank  in  Yarmouth.  He  was 
also  a  former  President  of  the  Barn- 
stable County  Agricultural  Society, 
founder  and  Treasurer  of  the  Barnsta- 
ble County  Supply  Co.,  a  past  member 
of  the  Barnstable  Planning  Board,  and 
a  Past  President  of  both  the  Massachu- 
setts and  New  England  Retail  Lumber 
Dealers  Association.  A  Trustee  of  the 
West  Parish  Congregational  Church,  he 
was  a  Director  of  the  Cape  Cod  Cham- 
ber of  Commerce.  His  son,  Frank  H., 
Jr.  Keveney  Lane,  Yarmouth  Port, 
Mass. 

RAYMOND  WILSON  BISSELL  '11  in 
New  Haven,  July  23.  He  was  Executive 
Vice-President  of  the  Strouse-Adler  Co., 
where  he  was  employed  for  more  than 
43  years.  A  former  member  of  the  Con- 
necticut Home  Guard,  he  was  commis- 
sioned a  2nd  Lt.  in  the  field  artillery 
and  sent  to  Ft.  Zachary  Taylor,  Ky., 
where  he  served  during  World  War  I. 
Zeta  Psi.  His  widow  is  Helen  T.  Bissell, 
78  Snug  Harbor  Rd.,  Milford,  Conn. 

JOSEPH  EDWARD  FLETCHER,  JR.,  'II 

in  Providence,  Sept.  2.  He  had  been  ill 
for  many  years.  Psi  Upsilon. 

ROBERT  GODFREY  SHAW  1 1  in  Vine- 
land,  N.  J.,  July  26.  In  Norma,  N.  J., 
where  he  moved  in  1938,  he  was  en- 
gaged in  the  poultry  business.  He  for- 
merly was  employed  as  a  civil  engineer 
with  Grinnell  Sprinkler  Company  in 
Canada  and  Providence,  and  the  Viking 
Sprinkler  Co.,  Toronto.  Zeta  Psi.  His 
widow  is  Mabelle  H.  Shaw,  Box  126, 
Norma. 

ARVID  AXEL  ALM  "16  in  West  Med- 
ford,  Mass.,  Oct.  2.  He  was  the  owner 
of  Arvid  A.  Aim  Insurance  Agency. 
During  World  War  I  he  was  a  1st  Lt.  in 
the  R.  I.  National  Guard  Coast  Artil- 
lery. For  many  years  he  was  associated 
with  the  Travelers  Insurance  Co.  in 
Boston.  He  also  had  been  a  designer- 
draftsman  with  various  companies.  Phi 
Gamma  Delta.  His  widow  is  Lorna  S. 
Aim,  138  Playstead  Rd.,  West  Medford 
55. 

DR.  DANIEL  LEO  MORRISSEY  '16, 
M.D.,  Harvard  Medical  School  '18,  in 
Providence,  Sept.  21.  He  was  a  retired 
general  practitioner.  After  serving  in 
the  Medical  Corps  during  World  War  I, 
he  interned  at  Rhode  Island  Hospital 
and  Providence  Lying-in  Hospital.  Dur- 
ing Governor  Vanderbilt's  term  of  office 
he  was  one  of  the  medical  examiners  of 
the  State  Department  of  Health.  Phi 
Kappa.  His  daughter  is  Mrs.  Edward  P. 
Flynn,  Belvedere  Dr.,  Cranston. 

IRVING  CLOUGH  WHITE  '16,  one-time 
Class  President,  in  Washington,  D.  C, 
Sept.  28.  He  was  a  retired  industrial 
specialist.  At  the  time  of  his  retirement 
in  1957  he  was  the  Assistant  to  the  Di- 
rector  of   the    Automotive    Division    of 


50 


BROWN   ALUMNI   MONTHLY 


the  Business  and  Defense  Services  Ad- 
ministration, U.S.  Department  of  Com- 
merce. He  served  in  World  War  I,  after 
which  he  was  engaged  in  the  mining 
and  motion  picture  industries  in  Mexico 
City  for  13  years.  He  moved  to  Wash- 
ington in  1942  when  he  began  work  as 
Assistant  Director  of  the  War  Produc- 
tion Board.  Delta  Kappa  Epsilon.  Phi 
Beta  Kappa.  His  son.  Richard  '50.  and 
his  widow,  Dorothy  M.  White,  2220 
20th  St..  N.W..  Apt.  56.  Washington  9. 

CHAUNCY  TAFT  LANGDON  "18  in 
New  York  City,  Sept.  30.  For  the  past 
30  years  he  had  been  a  business  analyst 
for  the  New  York  office  of  the  U.S.  De- 
partment of  Commerce.  He  had  earlier 
been  employed  by  the  Nicholson  File 
Company  as  a  foreign  representative 
and  was  a  member  of  the  first  commit- 
tee of  the  Community  Chest.  During 
World  War  I  he  served  with  Battery  A, 
103rd  Field  Artillery.  26th  (Yankee) 
Division.  .-Mpha  Delta  Phi.  The  late 
Prof.  Courtney  Langdon  was  his  father. 
Brothers  are  Henry  G.  T.  '22,  Courtney 
'33,  and  George  T.  '37.  His  widow  is 
Dorothy  B.  Langdon,  360  First  Ave., 
New  York  City. 

HOWARD  RIPLEY  McPECK  '19  in 
Washington,  D.  C,  Oct.  16,  1960.  (In 
earlier  notice  of  his  death,  the  wrong 
Class  was  attributed  to  him.  We  repeat 
the  note  so  that  it  will  not  be  missed  by 
his  contemporaries.) 

CHARLES  LEO  EMERS  '21  in  Provi- 
dence, following  an  auto  collison,  Sept. 
17.  He  had  long  been  President  of 
Emers  &  Cohen.  East  Providence  cleans- 
ing firm.  He  attended  the  Harvard  Busi- 
ness School  from  1921-22.  He  was  a 
veteran  of  World  War  I.  At  one  time  he 
was  an  Assistant  Sales  Manager  for  H. 
Nordlinger  Sons.  His  widow  is  Nathalie 
H.  Emers,  106  East  Manning  St.,  Prov- 
idence 6. 

DR.  HEBER  EDWARD  WHARTON  '24, 
M.D.,  Howard  University  '28,  in  Erie, 
Pa.,  June  10.  He  interned  at  Freedmen's 
Hospital.  Washington,  D.  C.  prior  to 
joining  the  medical  staff  of  Hamot  Hos- 
pital, Erie.  His  widow  is  Emily  J.  Whar- 
ton, 1705  Druid  Hill  Ave.,  Baltimore  17. 

ROSCOE  EDWIN  LEWIS  '25,  Sc.M.. 
Howard  University  '27,  in  Hampton, 
Va.,  Sept.  11.  He  was  for  34  years  a 
member  of  the  Hampton  Institute  Fac- 
ulty, teaching  chemistry  from  1927  to 
1942.  In  1945  he  became  Chairman  of 
the  Social  Science  Department.  Widely 
known  on  the  Peninsula  and  in  the 
South  for  his  research  on  the  Negro,  he 
was  Research  Director  of  the  Virginia 
Writers'  Project  which  produced  The 
Negro  in  Virginia.  Other  research  posi- 
tions he  held  were:  field  worker,  Louisi- 
ana Educational  Survey.  Fisk  Univer- 
sity. 1942;  consultant,  TVA  Rural  Life 
Project,  Tuskegee  Institute,  and  staff  of 
the  Health  and  Welfare  Council,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C,  in  the  summer  of  1960. 


A  Julius  Rosenwald  Fellow  (1941-44), 
he  was  also  a  Fellow  of  the  Southern 
Regional  Council  and  received  a  citation 
from  the  Journal  &  Guide  citing  him  as 
the  Virginia  Peninsula  Citizen  of  the 
Year  in  1949.  His  son,  Roger  E.,  How- 
ard University,  Washington  1,  D.  C. 

DAVID  GROSSMAN  '29  in  Scarsdale, 
N.  Y.,  Aug.  15.  He  was  President  of  the 
David  R.  Grossman  Co.,  a  ball-bearing 
distributing  and  consulting  firm  in  New 
York  City.  He  was  a  former  President 
of  three  New  York  corporations.  United 
Precision.  Technical  Industries,  and 
Carry  Construction.  In  World  War  II  he 
was  a  consultant  to  the  armed  forces  in 
Europe.  His  widow  is  Bertie  C.  Gross- 
man, 77  Catherine   Rd.,  Scarsdale. 

LEON  HERMAN  BAKST  '31,  Sc.M., 
University  of  Alabama  '32,  in  Provi- 
dence, Oct.  2.  He  was  President  of  the 
United  Textile  Machinery  Co.,  Fall 
River.  He  was  a  former  executive  of  the 
Crescent  Corporation.  During  World 
War  II  he  served  in  the  U.S.  Navy  in 
the  Pacific  with  the  rank  of  Lt.  Pi 
Lambda  Phi.  His  brother  is  Dr.  Henry 
J.  '27  and  his  widow,  Helen  R.  Bakst, 
85  Lorraine  Ave.,  Providence  6. 

JAMES  BURTON  SISK  '31  in  Reading, 
Pa.,  Aug.  3.  He  was  President  and 
Treasurer  of  the  Loder  Insurance 
Agency.  He  also  had  been  an  agent  for 
John  Hancock  Insurance  Co.,  and  prior 
to  that  a  service  station  manager  for 
Shell  Oil  Co.  Phi  Kappa.  His  daughters 
are  Mary  S.  Caulfield,  Pembroke  '54, 
and  Jane  E.,  Pembroke  '63;  his  widow, 
the  former  Mary  O.  Diener,  Pembroke 
'30,  1305  Cleveland  Ave.,  Wyomissing, 
Pa. 

DR.  MORRIS  BOTVIN  '32.  M.D.  Tufts 
College  Medical  School  '36,  in  Paw- 
tucket,  Sept.  12.  He  interned  at  St. 
Luke's  Hospital,  New  Bedford,  and 
served  residencies  at  Boston's  City  Hos- 
pital, Floating  Hospital  and  Children's 
Hospital.  He  was  Chief  of  Ophthal- 
mology at  Miriam  Hospital.  Providence, 
and  attending  ophthalmologist  at  Rhode 
Island  Hospital  and  Notre  Dame  Hos- 
pital, Central  Falls.  A  World  War  II 
Army  veteran,  he  had  served  as  Major 
in  the  Medical  Corps  in  the  South  Pa- 
cific area.  He  was  Chairman  of  the  Eye 
Foundation  and  Past  President  of  the 
Rhode  Island  Ophthalmology  Society. 
He  also  was  a  member  of  the  Provi- 
dence and  Rhode  Island  Medical  Soci- 
eties and  American  Medical  Association. 
He  was  a  Fellow  of  the  American  Col- 
lege of  Ophthalmology  and  Otolaryngol- 
ogy, a  member  and  dipolmate  of  the 
American  Board  of  Ophthalmology,  and 
a  past  consultant  at  the  Veterans  Ad- 
ministration in  Providence.  His  widow 
is  Eleanor  F.  Botvin,  17  Lowden  St., 
Pawtucket. 

WILLIAM    HENRY    DANE.    Ill,    '34   in 

New  York   City,   July    11.   He   was   an 
insurance    examiner    and    engineer.    He 


also  had  been  employed  with  the  Pa- 
cific Fire  Rating  Bureau  in  Los  Angeles, 
and  a  clerk  in  the  Personal  Trust  Divi- 
sion, Guaranty  Trust  Company  of  New 
York.  During  World  War  II  he  was  a 
Lt.  Cdr.,  USNR.  Psi  Upsilon.  His 
brother,  George  P.,  5325  Pine  Tree  Dr., 
Miami  Beach,  Fla. 

ROBERT  BERNEY  JACKSON  '35  in  To- 
ronto, Sept.  25,  following  an  auto  crash. 
He  was  President  of  The  Jackson-Lewis 
Co.,  Ltd.,  general  contractors.  He  also 
had  been  an  accountant  for  the  Royal 
Bank  of  Canada,  and  a  statistician  for 
Baker,  Weeks  &  Harden,  New  York  City 
brokers.  Through  his  construction  firm, 
he  was  responsible  for  the  new  racetrack 
in  Toronto,  and  as  an  "old  boy"  of 
Upper  Canada,  was  in  charge  of  the  re- 
building of  the  College's  upper  school 
and  tower.  He  had  been  a  sideman  of 
St.  James  Anglican  Cathedral  for  seven 
years,  and  during  his  tenure  of  office 
was  instrumental  in  renovating  the  ca- 
thedral and  in  building  the  Anglican 
Diocesan  Centre.  He  was  active  in  the 
Toronto  Builders'  Exchange.  Psi  Upsi- 
lon. His  parents  are  Mr.  and  Mrs.  C. 
Blake  Jackson,  Park  Lane  RR  #1,  Tod- 
morden,  Toronto,  Ont.,  Can. 

FREDERICK  HENRY  THOMPSON,  m, 

'36,  in  New  York  City,  Sept.  23,  while 
at  his  work  with  the  Fairchild  Publish- 
ing Co.  He  was  employed  there  as  a 
copy  reader.  He  had  attended  the  New 
York  Academy  of  Dramatic  Art  and 
appeared  in  plays  with  Orson  Welles 
and  Katherine  Cornell.  He  formerly 
was  employed  by  the  Worcester  Tele- 
gram and  Evening  Gazette  and  the 
Herald  in  Portsmouth.  N.  H.  A  veteran 
of  World  War  II,  he  had  served  as  a 
Sgt.  with  the  U.  S.  Army  Signal  Corps. 
Phi  Gamma  Delta.  His  father  is  Dr. 
Frederick  H.,  II.  168  Prichard  St., 
Fitchburg,  Mass. 

ROBERT  ALLEN  McKINNON  '45, 
Foreign  Service  Officer,  in  Frankfurt, 
Germany,  Sept.  8.  He  had  been  First 
Secretary  of  the  U.S.  Embassy  in  Ouaga- 
dougou. Republic  of  Upper  Volta,  West 
Africa.  He  joined  the  Foreign  Service  in 
1948.  having  added  an  A.M.  from 
Fletcher  School  to  his  Sc.B.  from  Yale. 
He  served  as  Consul  at  Cebu,  the  Philip- 
pines, and  at  Dar-es-Salaam  in  Tangan- 
yika. Later  he  was  in  the  Bureau  of 
African  Affairs  in  the  Executive  Secre- 
tariat of  the  State  Department  under 
Secretary  Dulles.  Last  year  he  accom- 
panied Secretary  Herter  to  the  Paris 
summit  meeting.  During  World  War  II 
he  held  the  rank  of  Capt.,  Marine  Corps. 
Phi  Gamma  Delta.  His  father  is  Allen 
G.  McKinnon  '16;  his  widow,  Lorraine 
M.  McKinnon,  Westminster  West,  Vt. 

ALEXANDER     HENSLEY     COLAHAN 

'50  in  Brooklyn.  N.  Y..  Sept.  3.  He  was 
afliliated  with  KLM  Royal  Dutch  Air- 
lines. He  was  a  Navy  veteran  of  World 
War  II.  His  widow  is  Bobbye  Colahan, 
28  Garden  PL,  Brooklyn  2. 


NOVEMBER   1961 


51 


ASSOCIATED  ALUMNI 
BROWN  UNIVERSITY 
PROVIDENCE  12,  R.  I. 

Here's  my  check  to  "Associated  Alumni"  for  $ 

Brown  Chairs  at  $28.50 

Finished:  Black  with  gold  trim  □ 
Old  Pine  U 


Brown  Mirrors  at  $15.50 
Finished:  Black  n  Mahogany  n 


Brown  Plates  at  $3.50  each  ($22.50  for  set  of  8) 
as  indicated  below: 


Name  . 
Ship  to 


.  Class 


ORDER  NOW 

For  a  Brown  man's  home 


1.  THE  BROWN  CHABR:  A  graceful,  comfortable  comb-back  Wind- 
sor made  of  northern  hardwoods.  Made  by  Yankee  craftsmen  and 
finished  in  black  (with  narrow  gold  trim)  or  old  pine. 


I 


2.  THE  BROWN  MIRROR:  A  Colonial  picture  mirror,  13  by  26 
inches,  in  black  or  mahogany  finish  with  gilt  turnings  and  medallions. 
Features  color  print  of  1825  Campus  scene. 

3.  BROWN  WEDGWOOD  PLATES:  The  popular  Queensware 
dinner  service  has  8  different  centers:  a)  Manning  Hall,  b)  John 
Nicholas  Brown  Gate  and  College  Green,  c)  Hope  College,  d)  War 
Memorial,  e)  University  Hall,  f)  First  Baptist  Meeting  House,  g) 
Wayland  House,  h)  Pembroke  Hall. 

Handling  and  shipping  charges  included,  for  Continental  U.S.A. 
In  a  limited  number  of  cases,  we  can  ship  for  Christmas.